CA2127530C - Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins - Google Patents
Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2127530C CA2127530C CA002127530A CA2127530A CA2127530C CA 2127530 C CA2127530 C CA 2127530C CA 002127530 A CA002127530 A CA 002127530A CA 2127530 A CA2127530 A CA 2127530A CA 2127530 C CA2127530 C CA 2127530C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- water soluble
- soluble compound
- chem
- bis
- metal
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims abstract description 96
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 95
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 87
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 144
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 82
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 40
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical group CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 32
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- -1 Cd+2 Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000005292 diamagnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe3+ Chemical compound [Fe+3] VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese(2+) Chemical compound [Mn+2] WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc dication Chemical compound [Zn+2] PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- BQPIGGFYSBELGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury(2+) Chemical compound [Hg+2] BQPIGGFYSBELGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005113 hydroxyalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- HZNVUJQVZSTENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(=O)C(C#N)=C(C#N)C1=O HZNVUJQVZSTENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- RONOMZLUTLYJTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[3,4-diethyl-5-[(3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-4-ethyl-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound CC1=C(C=O)NC(CC2=C(C(CC)=C(CC3=C(C(C)=C(C=O)N3)CC)N2)CC)=C1CC RONOMZLUTLYJTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- OOOQNKMJLOLMHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[3,4-diethyl-5-[[5-formyl-3-(3-hydroxypropyl)-4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-4-(3-hydroxypropyl)-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound N1C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(C=O)N2)CCCO)=C(CC)C(CC)=C1CC=1NC(C=O)=C(C)C=1CCCO OOOQNKMJLOLMHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- TVWGWSTZZVWUMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4,5-diamino-2-(2,3-dihydroxypropoxy)phenoxy]propane-1,2-diol Chemical compound NC1=CC(OCC(O)CO)=C(OCC(O)CO)C=C1N TVWGWSTZZVWUMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 claims description 3
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 claims 1
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 abstract description 65
- 150000002678 macrocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 37
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 27
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 abstract description 21
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 19
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 10
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 7
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 7
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 4
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 51
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 48
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 44
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 40
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 38
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 38
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 32
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 31
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 24
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 17
- GGSGPPFRVNQBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-bis(1h-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl)-1h-pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=C(CC=2NC=CC=2)NC=1CC1=CC=CN1 GGSGPPFRVNQBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 13
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 11
- WLZRMCYVCSSEQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium(2+) Chemical compound [Cd+2] WLZRMCYVCSSEQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000010265 fast atom bombardment Methods 0.000 description 11
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 11
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 10
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 10
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 10
- 208000010642 Porphyrias Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- RJOJUSXNYCILHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium(3+) Chemical class [Gd+3] RJOJUSXNYCILHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 241000700588 Human alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 8
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical compound B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N acetone d6 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])C(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical class [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000005087 mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 5
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910000085 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 5
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 4
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000008378 aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007324 demetalation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 4
- PSDMOPINLDTFSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium(3+) Chemical compound [Lu+3] PSDMOPINLDTFSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000017983 photosensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 231100000434 photosensitization Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003334 secondary amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- RZZZFXPOFKWSOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N superphthalocyanine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2NC(C3=CC=CC=C32)=NC2=NC(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2N1 RZZZFXPOFKWSOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003511 tertiary amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- GJFNRSDCSTVPCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=C2C(N(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 GJFNRSDCSTVPCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSZYBMMYQCYIPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dimethyl-1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound CC1=CC(N)=C(N)C=C1C XSZYBMMYQCYIPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UJKPHYRXOLRVJJ-MLSVHJFASA-N CC(O)C1=C(C)/C2=C/C3=N/C(=C\C4=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C(N4)/C=C4\N=C(\C=C\1/N\2)C(C)=C4C(C)O)/C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C Chemical compound CC(O)C1=C(C)/C2=C/C3=N/C(=C\C4=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C(N4)/C=C4\N=C(\C=C\1/N\2)C(C)=C4C(C)O)/C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C UJKPHYRXOLRVJJ-MLSVHJFASA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002616 MRI contrast agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010034972 Photosensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010047620 Phytohemagglutinins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ZPKMIURLGRBLPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K gadolinium(3+);triacetate;tetrahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.[Gd+3].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O ZPKMIURLGRBLPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- CZMAIROVPAYCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum(3+) Chemical class [La+3] CZMAIROVPAYCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 3
- XELZGAJCZANUQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1-acetylthieno[3,2-c]pyrazole-5-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(=O)N1N=CC2=C1C=C(C(=O)OC)S2 XELZGAJCZANUQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002165 photosensitisation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001885 phytohemagglutinin Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000004033 porphyrin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 3
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMYRJQYUMXCUNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-diethyl-1h-pyrrole Chemical compound CCC1=CNC=C1CC XMYRJQYUMXCUNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCEKBPSMTUGJAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-(3-hydroxypropoxy)-4,5-dinitrophenoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCOC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OCCCO DCEKBPSMTUGJAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YQIBNTHCXIXISQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4,5-diamino-2-(3-hydroxypropoxy)phenoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound NC1=CC(OCCCO)=C(OCCCO)C=C1N YQIBNTHCXIXISQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003341 Bronsted base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101100219382 Caenorhabditis elegans cah-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001481833 Coryphaena hippurus Species 0.000 description 2
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000000921 Gadolinium Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical compound [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- AMTUTZPAKJAIIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Cd].N1C(C=C2N=C(C=C3NC(=C4)C=C3)C=C2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC4=N1 Chemical class [Cd].N1C(C=C2N=C(C=C3NC(=C4)C=C3)C=C2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC4=N1 AMTUTZPAKJAIIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000078885 bloodborne pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YKYOUMDCQGMQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Cd]Cl YKYOUMDCQGMQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 125000000837 carbohydrate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940015493 dihematoporphyrin ether Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002265 electronic spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001457 metallic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- XUZLXCQFXTZASF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitro(phenyl)methanol Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XUZLXCQFXTZASF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009206 nuclear medicine Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005429 oxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012217 radiopharmaceutical Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121896 radiopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002799 radiopharmaceutical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium(3+) Chemical class [Sm+3] DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COFLCBMDHTVQRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N sapphyrin Chemical compound N1C(C=2NC(C=C3N=C(C=C4NC(=C5)C=C4)C=C3)=CC=2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC5=N1 COFLCBMDHTVQRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GKASDNZWUGIAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl orthoformate Chemical compound CCOC(OCC)OCC GKASDNZWUGIAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005289 uranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-Carbonyldiimidazole Substances C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFDHPWTYKOAFBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dimethoxy-4,5-dinitrobenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OC WFDHPWTYKOAFBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBPPRVHXOZRESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane Chemical compound C1CNCCNCCNCCN1 QBPPRVHXOZRESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YAVVHVRMNIDVOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dinitrobenzene-1,2-diol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C([N+]([O-])=O)=C1O YAVVHVRMNIDVOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGUOWEGRJYKPEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC1=CNC(CCCO)=C1 SGUOWEGRJYKPEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLJPPFFBGQRZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-(2,3-dihydroxypropoxy)-4,5-dinitrophenoxy]propane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCC(O)COC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OCC(O)CO XLJPPFFBGQRZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGIOTTHVWIZXBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-(2-carboxyethoxy)-4,5-dinitrophenoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCOC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OCCC(O)=O NGIOTTHVWIZXBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRTSKKWDNRZLEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[[5-[[3-(3-acetyloxypropyl)-5-formyl-4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-3,4-diethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-5-formyl-4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-3-yl]propyl acetate Chemical compound N1C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(C=O)N2)CCCOC(C)=O)=C(CC)C(CC)=C1CC=1NC(C=O)=C(C)C=1CCCOC(C)=O SRTSKKWDNRZLEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SSZWWUDQMAHNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloropropane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCC(O)CCl SSZWWUDQMAHNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCSXGCZMEPXKIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-4-[(4-methyl-2-nitrophenyl)diazenyl]-N-(3-nitrophenyl)naphthalene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound Cc1ccc(N=Nc2c(O)c(cc3ccccc23)C(=O)Nc2cccc(c2)[N+]([O-])=O)c(c1)[N+]([O-])=O MCSXGCZMEPXKIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZUWVFOJZGCLEKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dinitrobenzene-1,2-diol Chemical compound OC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1O ZUWVFOJZGCLEKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXVONLUNISGICL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol Chemical group CC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1O ZXVONLUNISGICL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QINLNYFHARDJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-acetyloxypropyl)-5-[[5-[[3-(3-acetyloxypropyl)-5-carboxy-4-methyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-3,4-diethyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound N1C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(C(O)=O)N2)CCCOC(C)=O)=C(CC)C(CC)=C1CC=1NC(C(O)=O)=C(C)C=1CCCOC(C)=O QINLNYFHARDJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAUUDNIGJSLPSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 QAUUDNIGJSLPSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001666794 Acholla Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bipyridyl Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000450599 DNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000521299 Deinocerites cancer Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010073306 Exposure to radiation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008808 Fibrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010053759 Growth retardation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010024264 Lethargy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000005505 Measles Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PPQNQXQZIWHJRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylcholanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC4=CC=C(C)C(CC5)=C4C5=C3C=CC2=C1 PPQNQXQZIWHJRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100208721 Mus musculus Usp5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical class CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VAEOCSYPMCXZAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N1=CCOCCOCCNCCOCCOCC1 Chemical compound N1=CCOCCOCCNCCOCCOCC1 VAEOCSYPMCXZAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017974 NH40H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010033546 Pallor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraxetan Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- STQWAGYDANTDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [18]annulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C1 STQWAGYDANTDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMGMPNGBZMUJDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Cd+2].N1C(C=C2N=C(C=C3NC(=C4)C=C3)C=C2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC4=N1 Chemical compound [Cd+2].N1C(C=C2N=C(C=C3NC(=C4)C=C3)C=C2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC4=N1 PMGMPNGBZMUJDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKVLWIHOEDJUAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Gd].c1cc2cc3ccc(cc4ccc(cc5ccc(cc1n2)[nH]5)n4)[nH]3 Chemical class [Gd].c1cc2cc3ccc(cc4ccc(cc5ccc(cc1n2)[nH]5)n4)[nH]3 SKVLWIHOEDJUAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKAYTEWKZUOACN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].OC(=O)C(F)(F)F Chemical compound [N].OC(=O)C(F)(F)F YKAYTEWKZUOACN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011260 aqueous acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015241 bacon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WTRXRMOVEGCOPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 5-(acetyloxymethyl)-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound N1C(COC(C)=O)=C(CCC(=O)OC)C(C)=C1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WTRXRMOVEGCOPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIYOQIJVBORQDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 5-(acetyloxymethyl)-4-ethyl-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound N1C(COC(C)=O)=C(CC)C(C)=C1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HIYOQIJVBORQDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVUHIMHCRSNVLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 5-[[3,4-diethyl-5-[[3-(3-hydroxypropyl)-4-methyl-5-phenylmethoxycarbonyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-4-(3-hydroxypropyl)-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound N1C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(C(=O)OCC=3C=CC=CC=3)N2)CCCO)=C(CC)C(CC)=C1CC(=C(C=1C)CCCO)NC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 YVUHIMHCRSNVLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JALCMIKHVMIZKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 5-[[3,4-diethyl-5-[[3-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)-4-methyl-5-phenylmethoxycarbonyl-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-1h-pyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-4-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)-3-methyl-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound N1C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(C(=O)OCC=3C=CC=CC=3)N2)CCC(=O)OC)=C(CC)C(CC)=C1CC(=C(C=1C)CCC(=O)OC)NC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 JALCMIKHVMIZKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003592 biomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012503 blood component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008275 breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001661 cadmium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QOYRNHQSZSCVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium nitrate tetrahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.[Cd+2].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O QOYRNHQSZSCVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011797 cavity material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002655 chelation therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBHVCRIXMXQXPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl2369102 Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=C(N1)C(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)S(O)(=O)=O)=C1C=CC(=N1)C(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)S(O)(=O)=O)=C1C=CC(N1)=C1C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S(O)(=O)=O)=C2N=C1C=C2 PBHVCRIXMXQXPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000451 chemical ionisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004035 chlorins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UXTMROKLAAOEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;ethanol Chemical compound CCO.ClC(Cl)Cl UXTMROKLAAOEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;methanol Chemical class OC.ClC(Cl)Cl WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009838 combustion analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004699 copper complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002027 dichloromethane extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- FHHZOYXKOICLGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;ethanol Chemical compound CCO.ClCCl FHHZOYXKOICLGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPWVRYZQLGQKGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;hexane Chemical compound ClCCl.CCCCCC SPWVRYZQLGQKGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- VDQVEACBQKUUSU-UHFFFAOYSA-M disodium;sulfanide Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[SH-] VDQVEACBQKUUSU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007345 electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002024 ethyl acetate extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- LNBHUCHAFZUEGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium(3+) Chemical compound [Eu+3] LNBHUCHAFZUEGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005251 gamma ray Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005283 ground state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000001 growth retardation Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100001261 hazardous Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003569 hematoporphyrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000002000 high resolution fast-atom bombardment mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004896 high resolution mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000652 homosexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- RJMMFJHMVBOLGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(3+) Chemical compound [In+3] RJMMFJHMVBOLGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M iodide Chemical compound [I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VCMGMSHEPQENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketamine hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1([NH2+]C)CCCCC1=O VCMGMSHEPQENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJKFIJKSBFYMQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum(3+);trinitrate;hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[La+3].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O GJKFIJKSBFYMQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium atom Chemical compound [Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZBUOUZGWUJJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium(3+);trinitrate;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Lu+3].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O XZBUOUZGWUJJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBMDVOWEEQVZKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC GBMDVOWEEQVZKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940087646 methanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000018389 neoplasm of cerebral hemisphere Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100001085 no phototoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012633 nuclear imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013421 nuclear magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- HCIIFBHDBOCSAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaethylporphyrin Chemical compound N1C(C=C2C(=C(CC)C(C=C3C(=C(CC)C(=C4)N3)CC)=N2)CC)=C(CC)C(CC)=C1C=C1C(CC)=C(CC)C4=N1 HCIIFBHDBOCSAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009522 phase III clinical trial Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004707 phenolate Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004986 phenylenediamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002215 photochemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940109328 photofrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036211 photosensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000760 phototoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003586 protic polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003233 pyrroles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007348 radical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011363 radioimmunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940069575 rompun Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052979 sodium sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- VIDRYROWYFWGSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sotalol hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CC(C)NCC(O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 VIDRYROWYFWGSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000264 spin echo pulse sequence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010414 supernatant solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyrrole Natural products C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNHJECZULSZAQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraphenylporphyrin Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=C2C=CC(N2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(N=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC=C3N2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1=C3C1=CC=CC=C1 YNHJECZULSZAQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYEKOFBPNLCAJY-UHFFFAOYSA-O thiamine pyrophosphate Chemical compound CC1=C(CCOP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N AYEKOFBPNLCAJY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- DTMHTVJOHYTUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiocyanogen Chemical compound N#CSSC#N DTMHTVJOHYTUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M thionine Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000008791 toxic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000041 toxicology testing Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002827 triflate group Chemical group FC(S(=O)(=O)O*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical class [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000002438 upper gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005167 vascular cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012211 viral plaque assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000054 whole-body exposure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QYEFBJRXKKSABU-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 QYEFBJRXKKSABU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/0474—Organic compounds complexes or complex-forming compounds, i.e. wherein a radioactive metal (e.g. 111In3+) is complexed or chelated by, e.g. a N2S2, N3S, NS3, N4 chelating group
- A61K51/0485—Porphyrins, texaphyrins wherein the nitrogen atoms forming the central ring system complex the radioactive metal
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0038—Radiosensitizing, i.e. administration of pharmaceutical agents that enhance the effect of radiotherapy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
- A61K41/0076—PDT with expanded (metallo)porphyrins, i.e. having more than 20 ring atoms, e.g. texaphyrins, sapphyrins, hexaphyrins, pentaphyrins, porphocyanines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/10—Inactivation or decontamination of a medicinal preparation prior to administration to an animal or a person
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/545—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K47/546—Porphyrines; Porphyrine with an expanded ring system, e.g. texaphyrine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/0019—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules
- A61K49/0021—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules the fluorescent group being a small organic molecule
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/0019—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules
- A61K49/0021—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules the fluorescent group being a small organic molecule
- A61K49/0036—Porphyrins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/005—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the carrier molecule carrying the fluorescent agent
- A61K49/0058—Antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/04—X-ray contrast preparations
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/06—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations
- A61K49/08—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations characterised by the carrier
- A61K49/10—Organic compounds
- A61K49/101—Organic compounds the carrier being a complex-forming compound able to form MRI-active complexes with paramagnetic metals
- A61K49/106—Organic compounds the carrier being a complex-forming compound able to form MRI-active complexes with paramagnetic metals the complex-forming compound being cyclic, e.g. DOTA
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/08—Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
- A61K51/10—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody
- A61K51/1093—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody conjugates with carriers being antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2/00—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor
- A61L2/0005—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts
- A61L2/0011—Methods or apparatus for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses; Accessories therefor for pharmaceuticals, biologicals or living parts using physical methods
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains four or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H17/00—Compounds containing heterocyclic radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
- C07H17/02—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen as ring hetero atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Conductive Materials (AREA)
- Solid-Sorbent Or Filter-Aiding Compositions (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Paints Or Removers (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention involves water soluble hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins retaining lipophilicity, of formula (I) wherein: M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, OH, C n H(2n+1)O y or OC n H(2n+1)O y where at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 has at least one hydroxy substituent; the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 or R5 is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons; n is a positive integer or zero; y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to (2n+ 1); and N is an integer between -20 and +2. These expanded porphyrin-like macrocycles are efficient chelators of divalent and trivalent metal ions. Various metal (e.g., transition, main group, and lanthanide) complexes of the hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin derivatives of the present invention have unusual water solubility and stability. They absorb light strongly in a physiologically important region (i.e. 690-880 nm). They have enhanced relaxivity and therefore are useful in magnetic resonance imaging. They form long-lived triplet states in high yield and act as photosensitizers for the generation of singlet oxygen. Thus, they are useful for inactivation or destruction of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV-1), mononuclear or other cells infected with such virus as well as tumor cells. They are water soluble, yet they retain sufficient lipophilicity so as to have greater affinity for lipid rich areas such as atheroma and tumors. They may be used for magnetic resonance imaging followed by photodynamic tumor therapy in the treatment of atheroma and tumors. These properties, coupled with their high chemical stability and appreciable solubility in water, add to their usefulness.
Description
-1- 2~~'~ ~~~
DESCRIPTION
METAL COMPLEXES OF WATER SOLUBLE
BACRGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The porphyrins and related tetrapyrrole macrocycles are among the most versatile of tetradentate ligandsl.
Attempts to stabilize higher coordination geometries with larger porphyrin-like aromatic macrocycles have met with little success.2-13 pnly the uranyl complex of "superphthalocyanine" has been isolated and characterized structurally,2 although several other large porphyrin-like aromatic macrocycles, including the "sapphyrins",3,6 "oxosapphyrins",6'7 "platyrins",g "pentaphyrin",9 and "[26]porphyrin",10 have been prepared in their metal free forms. Large, or "expanded" porphyrin-like systems are of interest for several reasons: They could serve as aromatic analogues of the better studied porphyrins2'10 or serve as biomimetic models for these or other naturally occurring pyrrole-containing systems.36,13a In addition, large pyrrole containing systems offer possibilities as novel metal binding macrocycles.2,4,5,13b,35,14 gor instance, suitably designed systems could act as versatile ligands capable of binding larger metal cations and/or stabilizing higher coordination geometries2 than those routinely accommodated within the normally tetradentate ca. 2.0 ~ radius porphyrin core.21 The resulting complexes could have important application in the area of heavy metal chelation therapy, serve as contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) applications, act as vehicles for radioimmunological labeling work, or serve as new systems for extending the range and scope of coordination chemistry.14,39 In addition, the free-base J
DESCRIPTION
METAL COMPLEXES OF WATER SOLUBLE
BACRGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The porphyrins and related tetrapyrrole macrocycles are among the most versatile of tetradentate ligandsl.
Attempts to stabilize higher coordination geometries with larger porphyrin-like aromatic macrocycles have met with little success.2-13 pnly the uranyl complex of "superphthalocyanine" has been isolated and characterized structurally,2 although several other large porphyrin-like aromatic macrocycles, including the "sapphyrins",3,6 "oxosapphyrins",6'7 "platyrins",g "pentaphyrin",9 and "[26]porphyrin",10 have been prepared in their metal free forms. Large, or "expanded" porphyrin-like systems are of interest for several reasons: They could serve as aromatic analogues of the better studied porphyrins2'10 or serve as biomimetic models for these or other naturally occurring pyrrole-containing systems.36,13a In addition, large pyrrole containing systems offer possibilities as novel metal binding macrocycles.2,4,5,13b,35,14 gor instance, suitably designed systems could act as versatile ligands capable of binding larger metal cations and/or stabilizing higher coordination geometries2 than those routinely accommodated within the normally tetradentate ca. 2.0 ~ radius porphyrin core.21 The resulting complexes could have important application in the area of heavy metal chelation therapy, serve as contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) applications, act as vehicles for radioimmunological labeling work, or serve as new systems for extending the range and scope of coordination chemistry.14,39 In addition, the free-base J
(metal-free) and/or diamagnetic metal-containing materials could serve as useful photosensitizers for photodynamic therapeutic applications. In recent years a number of pentadentate polypyrrolic aromatic systems, including the "sapphyrins",3'6 "oxosapphyrins",7 "smaragdyrins",3'6 "platyrins",8 and "pentaphyrin"9 have .
been prepared and studied as their metal-free forms. For the most part, however, little or no information is available for the corresponding metallated forms. Prior to this invention the uranyl complex of "superphthalocyanine" was the only metal-containing pentapyrrolic system which has been prepared and characterized structurally.2 The "superphthalocyanine"
system is not capable of existence in either its free-base or other metal-containing forms.2 Thus, prior to the present invention, no versatile, structurally characterized, pentadentate aromatic ligands were available,l3b although a number of nonaromatic pyridine-derived pentadentate systems had previously been 2 0 reported . 37,38 Gadolinium(III) complexes derived from strongly binding anionic ligands, such as diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid (DTPA),~2 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane N,N',N " ,N " '-tetraacetic acid (DOTA) ,~°43W and 1, 10-diaza-4, 7,13,16-tetraoxacyclooctadecane-N, N'-diacetic acid (dacda),~~45 are among the most promising of the paramagnetic contrast agents currently being developed for use in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)~ The complex, [Gd~DTPA]', is now being used clinically in the United States in certain enhanced tumor detection and other imaging protocols.
Nonetheless, the synthesis of other gadolinium(III) complexes remains of interest since such systems might have greater kinetic stability, superior relaxivity, or better biodistribution properties than this or other 3 ~ ~ ,,~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 carboxylate-based contrast agents. The water-soluble porphyrin derivatives, such as tetrakis(4-sulfonatophenyl)porphyrin (TPPS) cannot accommodate completely the large gadolinium(III) cation 4~ within the relatively small porphyrin binding core (r '-- 2.0 x,48), and, as a consequence, gadolinium porphyrin complexes are invariably hydrolytically unstab1e.33,34,46,49,50 Larger porphyrin-like ligands may offer a means of circumventing this problem, 51-59 A promising new modality for use in the control and treatment of tumors is photodynamic therapy (PDT).
This technique uses of a photosensitizing dye, which localizes at, or near, the tumor site, and when irradiated in the presence of oxygen serves to produce cytotoxic materials, such as singlet oxygen (p2(l~g)), from benign precursors (e. g. (02(3E g-)). Diamagnetic porphyrins and their derivatives are the dyes of choice for PDT. It has been known for decades that porphyrins, such as hematoporphyrin, localize selectively in rapidly growing tissues including sarcomas and carcinomas.65 The hematoporphyrin derivative (HPD) , 61'64,66'80 is an incompletely characterized mixture of monomeric and oligomeric porphyrins.81-86 The oligomeric species, which are believed to have the best tumor-localizing ability,82,85 are marketed under the trade name Photofrin II~ (PII) and are currently undergoing phase III clinical trials for obstructed endobronchial tumors and superficial bladder tumors. The mechanism of action is thought to be the photoproduction of singlet oxygen (02(10g)), although involvement of superoxide anion or hydroxyl and/or porphyrin-based radicals cannot be entirely ruled out.8~-92 Promising as HPD is, it and other available photosensitizers (e.g., the phthalocyanines and naphthalocyanines) suffer from serious disadvantages.
~.~r~~eJ
While porphyrin derivatives have high triplet yields and long triplet lifetimes (and consequently transfer excitation energy efficiently to triplet oxygen),lOlb,g their absorption in the Q-band region parallels that of heme-containing tissues. Phthalocyanines and naphthalocyanines absorb in a more convenient spectral -range but have significantly lower triplet yields;l~
moreover, they tend to be quite insoluble in polar protic solvents, and are difficult to functionalize. Thus the development of more effective photochemotherapeutic agents requires the synthesis of compounds which absorb in the spectral region where living tissues are relatively transparent (i.e., 700-1000 nm),~d have high triplet quantum yields, and are minimally toxic. The present inventors have recently reported103 (see Example 1) the synthesis of a new class of aromatic porphyrin-like macrocycles, the tripyrroledimethine-derived "texaphyrins", which absorb strongly in the tissue-transparent 730-770 nm range. The photophysical properties of metallotexaphyrins parallel those of the corresponding metalloporphyrins and the diamagnetic complexes sensitize the production of 102 in high quantum yield.
Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) is among the most serious public health problems facing our nation today. AIDS, first reported in 1981 as occurring among male homosexuals, is a fatal human disease which has now reached pandemic proportions. At present, sexual relations and needle-sharing are the dominant mechanisms for the spread of AIDS. Since the testing of blood supplies began, the percentage of AIDS infections due to blood transfusions has dropped considerably. W l~'107 However, an absolutely fail-proof means must be developed to insure that all stored blood samples are free of the AIDS virus (and ideally all other blood-borne pathogens).
WO 93/14093 ~ r~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 Serologic tests for HIV-1 are insufficient to detect all infected blood samples, in particular, those derived from donors who have contracted the disease but not yet produced detectable antibodies.l~-107 Any blood purification procedure used to remove AIDS
virus or other blood-borne pathogens should operate without introducing undesirable toxins, damaging normal blood components, or inducing the formation of harmful metabolites. This precludes the use of common antiviral systems such as those based on heating, W irradiation, or purely chemical means. A promising approach is the photodynamic one alluded to above. Here, preliminary studies, carried out by researchers at the Baylor Research Foundation, Dr. Matthews and his team,93'~ and others,9~~98 have served to show that HPD and PII, in far lower dosages than are required for tumor treatment, act as efficient photosensitizers for the photo-deactivation of cell-free HIV-1, herpes simplex (HSV), hepatitis and other enveloped viruses. The success of this procedure derives from the fact that these dyes localize selectively at or near the morphologically characteristic, and physiologically essential, viral membrane ("envelope") and catalyze the formation of singlet oxygen upon photoirradiation. The singlet oxygen destroys the essential membrane envelope. This kills the virus and eliminates infectivity. Photodynamic blood purification procedures, therefore, rely on the use of photosensitizers which localize selectively at viral membranes, just as more classic tumor treatments require dyes that are absorbed or retained preferentially at tumor sites. Simple enveloped DNA viruses like HSV-1 are good models for testing putative photosensitizers for potential use in killing the far more hazardous HIV-1 retrovirus. This correspondence holds only as far as freely circulating (as opposed to intracellular) viruses are concerned. Complete prophylactic removal of HIV-1 ~~j~~u from blood products will require the destructive removal of the virus from within monocytes and T lymphocytes.108 This "first generation" of dyes suffers from a number of serious deficiencies which may militate against their eventual use in biomedical applications. Each of -these deficiencies has important clinical consequences.
Since HPD and PII do not contain a single chemically well-defined constituent, coupled with the fact that the active components have yet to be identified with certainty,82-86 means that the effective concentrations vary from preparation to preparation. Thus the dosage, and the light fluence, cannot be optimized and predetermined for any particular application. Since they are not metabolized rapidly, significant quantities of these dyes remain in stored blood units after prophylactic photoinduced HIV-1 removal and remain in patients' bodies long after photodynamic tumor treatment.
The latter retention problem, in particular, is known to be serious; HPD and PII localize in the skin and induce photosensitivity in patients for weeks after administration.~~l~ Since the longest wavelength absorption maximum for these dyes falls at 630 nm, most of the incipient energy used in photo-treatment is dispersed or attenuated before reaching the center of a deep-seated tumor and as a result, little of the initial light is available for singlet oxygen production and therapy.110-112 p, study using a mouse model with a 3 mm tumor implanted beneath the skin indicated that as much as 90% of the energy is lost by the base of the tumor.110 More effective treatment of deep-seated or large tumors may be possible if photosensitizers could be developed .
which absorb in the >700 nm region, provided, of course, they retain the desirable features of HPD and PII (e. g.
selective localization in target tissues and low dark toxicity). One aspect of the present invention involves development of such improved photosensitizers for use in -~-photodynamic tumor treatment and blood purification protocols.
The following list summarizes features which would be desirable in biomedical photosensitizers:
v 1. Easily available 2. Low intrinsic toxicity 3. Long wavelength absorption 4. Efficient photosensitizer for singlet oxygen production 5. Fair solubility in water 6. Selective up-take in tumor tissue and/or 7. Showing high affinity for enveloped viruses 8. Quick degradation and/or elimination after use 9. Chemically pure and stable 10. Easily subject to synthetic modification In recent years, considerable effort has been devoted to the synthesis and study of new photosensitizers which might meet these desiderata.
Although a few of these have consisted of classic dyes such as those of the rhodamine and cyanine classes,113-115 many have been porphyrin derivatives with extended n networks.116-126 Included in this latter category are the purpurins and verdins116 of Morgan and other chlorophyll-like species, 117-119 the benz-fused porphyrins of Dolphin et a1.,120 and the sulfonated phthalocyanines and napthophthalocyanines studied by Ben-Hur,121 Rodgers,122 and others . 123-127 pf these, only the napthophthalocyanines absorb efficiently in the most desirable >700 nm spectral region. These particular dyes are difficult to prepare in a chemically pure, water soluble form and are relatively inefficient photosensitizers for singlet oxygen production, perhaps even acting photodynamically via other oxygen derived toxins (e.g. superoxide). Thus a search continues for 2~.~'~~a~
yet a "third generation" of photosensitizers which might better meet the ten critical criteria listed above.
It is an important aspect of the present invention that an improved "third generation" of photosensitizers is obtained using large, pyrrole-containing "expanded porphyries". These systems, being completely synthetic, can be tuned so as to incorporate any desired properties.
In marked contrast to the literature of the porphyries, and related tetrapyrrolic systems (e. g. phthalocyanines, chlorins, etc.), there are only a few reports of larger pyrrole-containing systems, and only a few of these meet the criterion of aromaticity deemed essential for long-wavelength absorption and singlet oxygen photosensitization.128 In addition to the present inventors' studies of texaphyrin 1B~129 (see Figures 1 and 2), and "sapphyrin", first produced by the groups of Woodward3 and Johnson6, there appear to be only three large porphyrin-like systems which might have utility as photosensitizers. These are the "platyrins" of LeGoffg, the stretched porphycenes of Vogel 131a and the vinylogous porphyries of Franck.130 The present studies indicate that an expanded porphyrin approach to photodynamic 131b 131c therapy is promising. The porphycenes, ~ a novel class of "contracted porphyries" also show promise as potential photosensitizers.132 The present invention involves a major breakthrough in the area of ligand design and synthesis. It involves the synthesis of the first rationally designed aromatic pentadentate macrocyclic ligand, the tripyrroledimethine-derived "expanded porphyrin" 1B.129 This compound, to which the trivial name "texaphyrin" has been assigned, is capable of existing in both its free-base form and of supporting the formation of hydrolytically stable 1:1 complexes with a variety of metal cations, such as Cd2+, Hg2+ ~ In3+ , Y3+ , Nd3+ , Eu3+ , Sm3+ , La3+ , Lu3+ , Gd3+ , and other cations of the lanthanide series that are too large to be accommodated in a stable fashion within the 20%
smaller tetradentate binding core of the well-studied porphyrins. In addition, since the free-base form of 1B
is a monoanionic ligand, the texaphyrin complexes formed from divalent and trivalent metal cations remain positively charged at neutral pH. As a result, many of these complexes are more water soluble than the analogous porphyrin complexes.
To date, two X-ray crystal structures of two different Cd2+ adducts have been obtained, one of the coordinatively saturated, pentagonal bipyramidal bispyridine complex;129a the other of a coordinatively unsaturated pentagonal pyramidal benzimidazole complex.129b Both confirm the planar pentadentate structure of this new ligand system and support the assignment of this prototypical "expanded porphyrin" as 2o aromatic.
Further support for the aromatic formulation comes from the optical properties of iB and iC. The lowest energy Q-type band of the structurally characterized bispyridine cadmium(II) adduct of complex iC at 767 nm (e - 51,900) in CHC13 is 10-fold more intense and red shifted by almost 200 nm as compared to that of a typical reference cadmium(II) porphyrin. Compound 1B and both its zinc(II) and cadmium(II) complexes are very effective ' 30 photosensitizers for singlet oxygen, giving quantum yields for 102 formation of between 60 and 70% when irradiated at 354 nm in air-saturated methano1.129c Related congeneric texaphyrin systems bearing substituents on the tripyrrole and/or phenyl portions and incorporating La(III) and/or Lu(III) metal centers, have been found to produce 102 in quantum yields exceeding 70%
r when irradiated under similar conditions. Thus, it is this remarkable combination of light absorbing and photo-sensitizing properties which make theoe systems ideal candidates for use in photodynamia therapy and blood purification protocols.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In this application the term "texaphyrin", 0 as used herein, means a compound with the central ring system depicted in structure 1A. Basic texaphyrin have been described in U.S. Patent No.
4,935,498.
The present invention involves hydroxyl derivatives of texaphyrin, a novel tripyrrole dimethine-derived "expanded porphyrln", the synthesis of such compounds and their uses. The desirable properties of hydroxylatad derivatives of tsxaphyrin are:
2a 1) appreoie~blo solubility, particularly in aquaous-media;
2) biolocalization in desired target ti~sus;
3) the ability to attach to solid matrices;
4) the ability to be attached to biomolocules;
5) efficient ahelation of divalent and trivalent metal cation4=
6) abscrption of light in the physiologically important region of 690-880 ru~f 7) high :,hemical stability;
0 8) ability to stabilize diamagnetic complexes that form long-lived triplet mtatss in high yield and that nct as efficient photosensitizers for the formation of singlet oxygen.
The reduced ap3 form of the texaphyrin malacula 1as thd structure lA ~rhown in P"igure 1. Upon oxidation, en aromatic stxutture 1$ is tormad and upon incarporati.on of AMFnr',-D 'y''' '_T
been prepared and studied as their metal-free forms. For the most part, however, little or no information is available for the corresponding metallated forms. Prior to this invention the uranyl complex of "superphthalocyanine" was the only metal-containing pentapyrrolic system which has been prepared and characterized structurally.2 The "superphthalocyanine"
system is not capable of existence in either its free-base or other metal-containing forms.2 Thus, prior to the present invention, no versatile, structurally characterized, pentadentate aromatic ligands were available,l3b although a number of nonaromatic pyridine-derived pentadentate systems had previously been 2 0 reported . 37,38 Gadolinium(III) complexes derived from strongly binding anionic ligands, such as diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid (DTPA),~2 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane N,N',N " ,N " '-tetraacetic acid (DOTA) ,~°43W and 1, 10-diaza-4, 7,13,16-tetraoxacyclooctadecane-N, N'-diacetic acid (dacda),~~45 are among the most promising of the paramagnetic contrast agents currently being developed for use in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)~ The complex, [Gd~DTPA]', is now being used clinically in the United States in certain enhanced tumor detection and other imaging protocols.
Nonetheless, the synthesis of other gadolinium(III) complexes remains of interest since such systems might have greater kinetic stability, superior relaxivity, or better biodistribution properties than this or other 3 ~ ~ ,,~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 carboxylate-based contrast agents. The water-soluble porphyrin derivatives, such as tetrakis(4-sulfonatophenyl)porphyrin (TPPS) cannot accommodate completely the large gadolinium(III) cation 4~ within the relatively small porphyrin binding core (r '-- 2.0 x,48), and, as a consequence, gadolinium porphyrin complexes are invariably hydrolytically unstab1e.33,34,46,49,50 Larger porphyrin-like ligands may offer a means of circumventing this problem, 51-59 A promising new modality for use in the control and treatment of tumors is photodynamic therapy (PDT).
This technique uses of a photosensitizing dye, which localizes at, or near, the tumor site, and when irradiated in the presence of oxygen serves to produce cytotoxic materials, such as singlet oxygen (p2(l~g)), from benign precursors (e. g. (02(3E g-)). Diamagnetic porphyrins and their derivatives are the dyes of choice for PDT. It has been known for decades that porphyrins, such as hematoporphyrin, localize selectively in rapidly growing tissues including sarcomas and carcinomas.65 The hematoporphyrin derivative (HPD) , 61'64,66'80 is an incompletely characterized mixture of monomeric and oligomeric porphyrins.81-86 The oligomeric species, which are believed to have the best tumor-localizing ability,82,85 are marketed under the trade name Photofrin II~ (PII) and are currently undergoing phase III clinical trials for obstructed endobronchial tumors and superficial bladder tumors. The mechanism of action is thought to be the photoproduction of singlet oxygen (02(10g)), although involvement of superoxide anion or hydroxyl and/or porphyrin-based radicals cannot be entirely ruled out.8~-92 Promising as HPD is, it and other available photosensitizers (e.g., the phthalocyanines and naphthalocyanines) suffer from serious disadvantages.
~.~r~~eJ
While porphyrin derivatives have high triplet yields and long triplet lifetimes (and consequently transfer excitation energy efficiently to triplet oxygen),lOlb,g their absorption in the Q-band region parallels that of heme-containing tissues. Phthalocyanines and naphthalocyanines absorb in a more convenient spectral -range but have significantly lower triplet yields;l~
moreover, they tend to be quite insoluble in polar protic solvents, and are difficult to functionalize. Thus the development of more effective photochemotherapeutic agents requires the synthesis of compounds which absorb in the spectral region where living tissues are relatively transparent (i.e., 700-1000 nm),~d have high triplet quantum yields, and are minimally toxic. The present inventors have recently reported103 (see Example 1) the synthesis of a new class of aromatic porphyrin-like macrocycles, the tripyrroledimethine-derived "texaphyrins", which absorb strongly in the tissue-transparent 730-770 nm range. The photophysical properties of metallotexaphyrins parallel those of the corresponding metalloporphyrins and the diamagnetic complexes sensitize the production of 102 in high quantum yield.
Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) is among the most serious public health problems facing our nation today. AIDS, first reported in 1981 as occurring among male homosexuals, is a fatal human disease which has now reached pandemic proportions. At present, sexual relations and needle-sharing are the dominant mechanisms for the spread of AIDS. Since the testing of blood supplies began, the percentage of AIDS infections due to blood transfusions has dropped considerably. W l~'107 However, an absolutely fail-proof means must be developed to insure that all stored blood samples are free of the AIDS virus (and ideally all other blood-borne pathogens).
WO 93/14093 ~ r~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 Serologic tests for HIV-1 are insufficient to detect all infected blood samples, in particular, those derived from donors who have contracted the disease but not yet produced detectable antibodies.l~-107 Any blood purification procedure used to remove AIDS
virus or other blood-borne pathogens should operate without introducing undesirable toxins, damaging normal blood components, or inducing the formation of harmful metabolites. This precludes the use of common antiviral systems such as those based on heating, W irradiation, or purely chemical means. A promising approach is the photodynamic one alluded to above. Here, preliminary studies, carried out by researchers at the Baylor Research Foundation, Dr. Matthews and his team,93'~ and others,9~~98 have served to show that HPD and PII, in far lower dosages than are required for tumor treatment, act as efficient photosensitizers for the photo-deactivation of cell-free HIV-1, herpes simplex (HSV), hepatitis and other enveloped viruses. The success of this procedure derives from the fact that these dyes localize selectively at or near the morphologically characteristic, and physiologically essential, viral membrane ("envelope") and catalyze the formation of singlet oxygen upon photoirradiation. The singlet oxygen destroys the essential membrane envelope. This kills the virus and eliminates infectivity. Photodynamic blood purification procedures, therefore, rely on the use of photosensitizers which localize selectively at viral membranes, just as more classic tumor treatments require dyes that are absorbed or retained preferentially at tumor sites. Simple enveloped DNA viruses like HSV-1 are good models for testing putative photosensitizers for potential use in killing the far more hazardous HIV-1 retrovirus. This correspondence holds only as far as freely circulating (as opposed to intracellular) viruses are concerned. Complete prophylactic removal of HIV-1 ~~j~~u from blood products will require the destructive removal of the virus from within monocytes and T lymphocytes.108 This "first generation" of dyes suffers from a number of serious deficiencies which may militate against their eventual use in biomedical applications. Each of -these deficiencies has important clinical consequences.
Since HPD and PII do not contain a single chemically well-defined constituent, coupled with the fact that the active components have yet to be identified with certainty,82-86 means that the effective concentrations vary from preparation to preparation. Thus the dosage, and the light fluence, cannot be optimized and predetermined for any particular application. Since they are not metabolized rapidly, significant quantities of these dyes remain in stored blood units after prophylactic photoinduced HIV-1 removal and remain in patients' bodies long after photodynamic tumor treatment.
The latter retention problem, in particular, is known to be serious; HPD and PII localize in the skin and induce photosensitivity in patients for weeks after administration.~~l~ Since the longest wavelength absorption maximum for these dyes falls at 630 nm, most of the incipient energy used in photo-treatment is dispersed or attenuated before reaching the center of a deep-seated tumor and as a result, little of the initial light is available for singlet oxygen production and therapy.110-112 p, study using a mouse model with a 3 mm tumor implanted beneath the skin indicated that as much as 90% of the energy is lost by the base of the tumor.110 More effective treatment of deep-seated or large tumors may be possible if photosensitizers could be developed .
which absorb in the >700 nm region, provided, of course, they retain the desirable features of HPD and PII (e. g.
selective localization in target tissues and low dark toxicity). One aspect of the present invention involves development of such improved photosensitizers for use in -~-photodynamic tumor treatment and blood purification protocols.
The following list summarizes features which would be desirable in biomedical photosensitizers:
v 1. Easily available 2. Low intrinsic toxicity 3. Long wavelength absorption 4. Efficient photosensitizer for singlet oxygen production 5. Fair solubility in water 6. Selective up-take in tumor tissue and/or 7. Showing high affinity for enveloped viruses 8. Quick degradation and/or elimination after use 9. Chemically pure and stable 10. Easily subject to synthetic modification In recent years, considerable effort has been devoted to the synthesis and study of new photosensitizers which might meet these desiderata.
Although a few of these have consisted of classic dyes such as those of the rhodamine and cyanine classes,113-115 many have been porphyrin derivatives with extended n networks.116-126 Included in this latter category are the purpurins and verdins116 of Morgan and other chlorophyll-like species, 117-119 the benz-fused porphyrins of Dolphin et a1.,120 and the sulfonated phthalocyanines and napthophthalocyanines studied by Ben-Hur,121 Rodgers,122 and others . 123-127 pf these, only the napthophthalocyanines absorb efficiently in the most desirable >700 nm spectral region. These particular dyes are difficult to prepare in a chemically pure, water soluble form and are relatively inefficient photosensitizers for singlet oxygen production, perhaps even acting photodynamically via other oxygen derived toxins (e.g. superoxide). Thus a search continues for 2~.~'~~a~
yet a "third generation" of photosensitizers which might better meet the ten critical criteria listed above.
It is an important aspect of the present invention that an improved "third generation" of photosensitizers is obtained using large, pyrrole-containing "expanded porphyries". These systems, being completely synthetic, can be tuned so as to incorporate any desired properties.
In marked contrast to the literature of the porphyries, and related tetrapyrrolic systems (e. g. phthalocyanines, chlorins, etc.), there are only a few reports of larger pyrrole-containing systems, and only a few of these meet the criterion of aromaticity deemed essential for long-wavelength absorption and singlet oxygen photosensitization.128 In addition to the present inventors' studies of texaphyrin 1B~129 (see Figures 1 and 2), and "sapphyrin", first produced by the groups of Woodward3 and Johnson6, there appear to be only three large porphyrin-like systems which might have utility as photosensitizers. These are the "platyrins" of LeGoffg, the stretched porphycenes of Vogel 131a and the vinylogous porphyries of Franck.130 The present studies indicate that an expanded porphyrin approach to photodynamic 131b 131c therapy is promising. The porphycenes, ~ a novel class of "contracted porphyries" also show promise as potential photosensitizers.132 The present invention involves a major breakthrough in the area of ligand design and synthesis. It involves the synthesis of the first rationally designed aromatic pentadentate macrocyclic ligand, the tripyrroledimethine-derived "expanded porphyrin" 1B.129 This compound, to which the trivial name "texaphyrin" has been assigned, is capable of existing in both its free-base form and of supporting the formation of hydrolytically stable 1:1 complexes with a variety of metal cations, such as Cd2+, Hg2+ ~ In3+ , Y3+ , Nd3+ , Eu3+ , Sm3+ , La3+ , Lu3+ , Gd3+ , and other cations of the lanthanide series that are too large to be accommodated in a stable fashion within the 20%
smaller tetradentate binding core of the well-studied porphyrins. In addition, since the free-base form of 1B
is a monoanionic ligand, the texaphyrin complexes formed from divalent and trivalent metal cations remain positively charged at neutral pH. As a result, many of these complexes are more water soluble than the analogous porphyrin complexes.
To date, two X-ray crystal structures of two different Cd2+ adducts have been obtained, one of the coordinatively saturated, pentagonal bipyramidal bispyridine complex;129a the other of a coordinatively unsaturated pentagonal pyramidal benzimidazole complex.129b Both confirm the planar pentadentate structure of this new ligand system and support the assignment of this prototypical "expanded porphyrin" as 2o aromatic.
Further support for the aromatic formulation comes from the optical properties of iB and iC. The lowest energy Q-type band of the structurally characterized bispyridine cadmium(II) adduct of complex iC at 767 nm (e - 51,900) in CHC13 is 10-fold more intense and red shifted by almost 200 nm as compared to that of a typical reference cadmium(II) porphyrin. Compound 1B and both its zinc(II) and cadmium(II) complexes are very effective ' 30 photosensitizers for singlet oxygen, giving quantum yields for 102 formation of between 60 and 70% when irradiated at 354 nm in air-saturated methano1.129c Related congeneric texaphyrin systems bearing substituents on the tripyrrole and/or phenyl portions and incorporating La(III) and/or Lu(III) metal centers, have been found to produce 102 in quantum yields exceeding 70%
r when irradiated under similar conditions. Thus, it is this remarkable combination of light absorbing and photo-sensitizing properties which make theoe systems ideal candidates for use in photodynamia therapy and blood purification protocols.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In this application the term "texaphyrin", 0 as used herein, means a compound with the central ring system depicted in structure 1A. Basic texaphyrin have been described in U.S. Patent No.
4,935,498.
The present invention involves hydroxyl derivatives of texaphyrin, a novel tripyrrole dimethine-derived "expanded porphyrln", the synthesis of such compounds and their uses. The desirable properties of hydroxylatad derivatives of tsxaphyrin are:
2a 1) appreoie~blo solubility, particularly in aquaous-media;
2) biolocalization in desired target ti~sus;
3) the ability to attach to solid matrices;
4) the ability to be attached to biomolocules;
5) efficient ahelation of divalent and trivalent metal cation4=
6) abscrption of light in the physiologically important region of 690-880 ru~f 7) high :,hemical stability;
0 8) ability to stabilize diamagnetic complexes that form long-lived triplet mtatss in high yield and that nct as efficient photosensitizers for the formation of singlet oxygen.
The reduced ap3 form of the texaphyrin malacula 1as thd structure lA ~rhown in P"igure 1. Upon oxidation, en aromatic stxutture 1$ is tormad and upon incarporati.on of AMFnr',-D 'y''' '_T
a metal salt, such as CdCl2, the chelate iC or its analogue incorporating other di- or trivalent cations, is formed. The synthetic scheme for the basic texaphyrin molecule is described in Figure 2. These molecules are the subject of previous patent U.S. Patent No.
5,162,509. The derivatives disclosed in this invention have substituents on the benzene ring portion of the molecule referred to as B or the ' tripyrrole portion of the molecule referred to as T. The number following the H or T indicates the number of hydroxyl groups that have been incorporated into that portion of the molecule.
The present invention relates to water soluble compounds retaining lipophilicity and having the structure:
N~
R~ R~
I
N
RZ
N-~ / N ~ ~ Rs . R~ \. I \ N \ Rs ~ . N_ R1 R~
wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation;
wherein N is an integer between -20 and +2; and wherein the substituents R1, R2, R3, R4, and RS are independently hydrogen, [H];
hydroxyl, [OH];
alkyl groups attached via a carbon or oxygen;
5,162,509. The derivatives disclosed in this invention have substituents on the benzene ring portion of the molecule referred to as B or the ' tripyrrole portion of the molecule referred to as T. The number following the H or T indicates the number of hydroxyl groups that have been incorporated into that portion of the molecule.
The present invention relates to water soluble compounds retaining lipophilicity and having the structure:
N~
R~ R~
I
N
RZ
N-~ / N ~ ~ Rs . R~ \. I \ N \ Rs ~ . N_ R1 R~
wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation;
wherein N is an integer between -20 and +2; and wherein the substituents R1, R2, R3, R4, and RS are independently hydrogen, [H];
hydroxyl, [OH];
alkyl groups attached via a carbon or oxygen;
hydroxyalkyl groups attached via a carbon or oxygen;
these may be CnH(2n+ 1)Oy or OCnH(2n+ 1)Oy % where at least one of the subtituents Rl, R2, R3, R4, and RS has at least one hydroxy substituent; where the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons; where n is a positive integer or zero;
and where y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to (2n+1);
oxyhydroxyalkyl groups (containing independently hydroxy substituents or ether branches) attached via a carbon or oxygen; these may be C(n-x)H[(2n+ 1)-2x]OxOy or OC(n-x)H[(2n+1)-2x]OxOy% where n is a positive integer or zero, x is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to n, and y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [ (2n+1)-2x];
oxyhydroxyalkyl groups (containing independently substituents on the hydroxyls of the oxyhydroxyalkyl compounds described above or carboxyl derivatives) attached via a carbon or oxygen; these may be CnH[(2n+1)-q]OyRaq~ OCnH[(2n+1)-q]OyRaq or (CH2) nC02Ra; where n is a positive integer or zero, y is zero or a positive integer less than [(2n+1)-q], q is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2n+1, Ra is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, saccharide, C(in-w)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]OwOz ~ 02CC(m-w)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]OWOz or N(R)OCC(in-w)H[(2m+1)-2w]OwOz% where m is a positive integer or zero,w is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to m, z is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [(2m+1)-2w], R is H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or 2~~'~~~~
these may be CnH(2n+ 1)Oy or OCnH(2n+ 1)Oy % where at least one of the subtituents Rl, R2, R3, R4, and RS has at least one hydroxy substituent; where the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons; where n is a positive integer or zero;
and where y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to (2n+1);
oxyhydroxyalkyl groups (containing independently hydroxy substituents or ether branches) attached via a carbon or oxygen; these may be C(n-x)H[(2n+ 1)-2x]OxOy or OC(n-x)H[(2n+1)-2x]OxOy% where n is a positive integer or zero, x is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to n, and y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [ (2n+1)-2x];
oxyhydroxyalkyl groups (containing independently substituents on the hydroxyls of the oxyhydroxyalkyl compounds described above or carboxyl derivatives) attached via a carbon or oxygen; these may be CnH[(2n+1)-q]OyRaq~ OCnH[(2n+1)-q]OyRaq or (CH2) nC02Ra; where n is a positive integer or zero, y is zero or a positive integer less than [(2n+1)-q], q is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2n+1, Ra is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, saccharide, C(in-w)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]OwOz ~ 02CC(m-w)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]OWOz or N(R)OCC(in-w)H[(2m+1)-2w]OwOz% where m is a positive integer or zero,w is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to m, z is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [(2m+1)-2w], R is H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or 2~~'~~~~
CmH[(2m+1)-r]OzRbr% where m is a positive integer or zero, z is zero or a positive integer less than [(2m+1)-r], r is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2m+1, and Rb is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or saccharide;
carboxyamidealkyl groups (containing independently hydroxyl groups, or secondary or tertiary amide linkages) attached via a carbon or oxygen;
these may be ( CH2 ) nCONHRa , O ( CH2 ) nCONHRa , (CH2) nCON (Ra) 2, or O (CH2) nCON (Ra) 2; where n is a positive integer or zero, Ra is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, saccharide, C(m_~,~,)H((2m+1)-2w]OWOz, 02CC(m-w)H[(2m+1)-2w]OwOz or N (R) OCC(m_ w)H((2m+1)-2w]OwOz% where m is a positive integer or zero, w is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to m, z is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [(2m+1)-2w], R is H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or CmH[(2m+1)-r]OzRbr%
where m is a positiveinteger or zero, z is zero or a positive integer less than [(2m+1)-r], r is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2m+1, and Rb is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or saccharide; or carboxyalkyl groups (containing independently hydroxyl groups, carboxyl substituted ethers, amide substituted ethers or tertiary amides removed from the ether) attached via a carbon or oxygen; these may be CnH[(2n+1)-q]OyR~q or OCnH((2n+1)-q]OyR~q% where n is a positive integer or zero, y is zero or a positive integer less than [(2n+1)-q], q is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2n+1, R~ is ( CH2 ) nC02Rd . ( CH2 ) nCONHRd or ( CH2 ) nCON ( Rd ) 2 ; where n is a positive integer or zero, Rd is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, saccharide, C(m_~,)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]CwCz ~ C2CC(m-w)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]owoz or N (R) OCC(m_~,)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]CwCz % where m is a positive integer or zero, w is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to m, z is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [(2m+1)-2w], R is H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or CmH[(2m+1)-r]~zRbr% where m is a positive integer or zero, z is zero or apositive integer less than [(2m+1)-r], r is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2m+1, and Rb is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or saccharide;
where at least one of Rl, R2, R3, R4 and RS has at least one hydroxy substituent and the molecular weight of any of R1, R2, R3, R4 or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons.
In the above-described metallic complexes M may be a divalent metal ion selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+Z, Cd+2, Hg+2, Sm+2 and Uo2+2~
(and N is 1). In certain aspects M is preferably Cd+2 or Zn+2 or Hg+2. When M is a trivalent metal ion, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, Y+3, In+3, Pr+3, Nd+3, Sm+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Tm+3, Yb+3, Lu+3, La+3 and U+3; (and N is 2). Most preferred trivalent metal ions are In+3, La+3, Lu+3, and Gd+3.
~2 / :~ 1-5 _~ U
-14a-In one embodiment, the present invention provides a water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity and having the structure:
n+
R1\
/-I~2 I N ~ RS
/ N M~
R3 ~ ~ N / RS
-~ ~Nw wherein:
M is H, a divalent metal cation or a trivalent metal cation;
Rl, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms; at least one of Rl, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl having at least one hydroxy substituent; the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 or R5 is up to about 1000 daltons; and n is 0, +1 or +2.
Preferred comounds of the above Formula include compounds wherein:
(a) at least one of Rl, R2, R3, R4 and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxyalkyl and carboxyamidealkyl;
(b) ~ R 1, R2 and R3 are CH2C H 3, .R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCHZCH2CH20H or OCH2CHOHCH20H; and (c) Rl is (CH2)2 CH20H, R2 is CH2CH3 or CH2CH20H, R3 is CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is CH3, OCH2CH2CH20H, OCH2CHOHCH20H
or O(CH2CH20)2 CH2CH20R ~ where R ~ is H or CH3.
~~~"~=~3Q
carboxyamidealkyl groups (containing independently hydroxyl groups, or secondary or tertiary amide linkages) attached via a carbon or oxygen;
these may be ( CH2 ) nCONHRa , O ( CH2 ) nCONHRa , (CH2) nCON (Ra) 2, or O (CH2) nCON (Ra) 2; where n is a positive integer or zero, Ra is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, saccharide, C(m_~,~,)H((2m+1)-2w]OWOz, 02CC(m-w)H[(2m+1)-2w]OwOz or N (R) OCC(m_ w)H((2m+1)-2w]OwOz% where m is a positive integer or zero, w is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to m, z is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [(2m+1)-2w], R is H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or CmH[(2m+1)-r]OzRbr%
where m is a positiveinteger or zero, z is zero or a positive integer less than [(2m+1)-r], r is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2m+1, and Rb is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or saccharide; or carboxyalkyl groups (containing independently hydroxyl groups, carboxyl substituted ethers, amide substituted ethers or tertiary amides removed from the ether) attached via a carbon or oxygen; these may be CnH[(2n+1)-q]OyR~q or OCnH((2n+1)-q]OyR~q% where n is a positive integer or zero, y is zero or a positive integer less than [(2n+1)-q], q is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2n+1, R~ is ( CH2 ) nC02Rd . ( CH2 ) nCONHRd or ( CH2 ) nCON ( Rd ) 2 ; where n is a positive integer or zero, Rd is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, saccharide, C(m_~,)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]CwCz ~ C2CC(m-w)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]owoz or N (R) OCC(m_~,)H[(2m+ 1)-2w]CwCz % where m is a positive integer or zero, w is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to m, z is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to [(2m+1)-2w], R is H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or CmH[(2m+1)-r]~zRbr% where m is a positive integer or zero, z is zero or apositive integer less than [(2m+1)-r], r is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to 2m+1, and Rb is independently H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or saccharide;
where at least one of Rl, R2, R3, R4 and RS has at least one hydroxy substituent and the molecular weight of any of R1, R2, R3, R4 or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons.
In the above-described metallic complexes M may be a divalent metal ion selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+Z, Cd+2, Hg+2, Sm+2 and Uo2+2~
(and N is 1). In certain aspects M is preferably Cd+2 or Zn+2 or Hg+2. When M is a trivalent metal ion, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, Y+3, In+3, Pr+3, Nd+3, Sm+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Tm+3, Yb+3, Lu+3, La+3 and U+3; (and N is 2). Most preferred trivalent metal ions are In+3, La+3, Lu+3, and Gd+3.
~2 / :~ 1-5 _~ U
-14a-In one embodiment, the present invention provides a water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity and having the structure:
n+
R1\
/-I~2 I N ~ RS
/ N M~
R3 ~ ~ N / RS
-~ ~Nw wherein:
M is H, a divalent metal cation or a trivalent metal cation;
Rl, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms; at least one of Rl, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl having at least one hydroxy substituent; the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 or R5 is up to about 1000 daltons; and n is 0, +1 or +2.
Preferred comounds of the above Formula include compounds wherein:
(a) at least one of Rl, R2, R3, R4 and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxyalkyl and carboxyamidealkyl;
(b) ~ R 1, R2 and R3 are CH2C H 3, .R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCHZCH2CH20H or OCH2CHOHCH20H; and (c) Rl is (CH2)2 CH20H, R2 is CH2CH3 or CH2CH20H, R3 is CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is CH3, OCH2CH2CH20H, OCH2CHOHCH20H
or O(CH2CH20)2 CH2CH20R ~ where R ~ is H or CH3.
~~~"~=~3Q
A preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has hydroxyl groups only in the B portion of the molecule and has the structure:
N+
to R~ R~
R2 ~ n _I_ / N ~ R s N-M i \ N \ Rs wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; N
is an integer between -20 and +2; R1, R2, R3, and R4 are independently ~nH2n+1 where n is a positive integer; and RS is hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, oxyhydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where RS has at least one hydroxy substituent, and the molecular weight ' 30 of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons.
R~ R4 2:~~7~30 -Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has hydroxyl groups only in the T portion of the molecule and has the structure:
N+
io R2 / n ~ N ~ Rs N-M
i5 R3 ~ ~. ~ N \ Rs wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; N
is an integer between -20 and +2; R1, R2, R3, and R4 are independently hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, oxyhydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; and RS is H or CnH2n+1% where at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 has at least one hydroxy substituent, the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons, and n is a positive integer.
R~ R~
~~~7~~U
-i7-Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has hydroxyl groups in both the B and T
portions of the molecule and has the structure:
N;
R~ R4 to 'NI
R2 ~ ~ / N i w N-M w R3 ~ \ N Rs N J
R~ R~
wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; N
is an integer between -20 and +2; R1, R2, R3, R4, and RS are independently H, OH, CnH(Zn+1)Oy or OCnH(2n+ 1)Oy % where at least one of R1, R2 , R3, and R4 has at least one hydroxy substituent, R5 has at least one hydroxy substituent, the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons, n is a positive integer or zero, and y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to (2n+1).
In the above described metallic complexes M may be a divalent metallic cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2, Cd+2, Hg+2~
Sm+2 and UOZ+2, and N is 1. When M is a trivalent metal ~~~~~~a -lg-cation, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, Y+3 ~ In+3 ~ Pr+3 ~ Nd+3 Sm+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, ~+3 ~ Yb+3 ~ Lu+3 ~ La+3 ~ and U+3; and N is 2 . Most preferred trivalent metal ions are In+3, Gd +3, La +3, or ., Lu+3 and N is +2.
A preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity of this invention has been prepared as one having the structure with the trivial name B2 (See Fig.
6) i5 N t ' N
~ ~ N OOH
\ ~N-M~ ~
N OOH
N_ wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
2~~r~~~Q
_19_ Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name T2:
OH Nf to i 30 wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
d Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B2T2 or T2B2:
OH ~ Na to ~ OOH
OOH
OH
wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
~.2'~~ ~0 Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B4:
N+
N
~ NI ~ OOH
N - M I OH
~ I ~ N ~ 0'~OH
N~~ OH
wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B4T2 or T2B4: N+
OH
I
w 0 O OH
i 0 O OH
OH
~~~~~~e~~
wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B4T3 or T3B4:
to OH ~ N' 0 o OH
i OH
30 wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
In the above described preferred compounds M may be a divalent metallic cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2, Cd+2, Hg+2~
Sm+2 and U02+2, and N is 1. When M is a trivalent metal 3~~
cation, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3 ~ Y+3 ~ In+3 ~ pr+3 ~ Nd+3 Sm+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, ~+3~ Yb+3~ Lu+3~ La+3~ and U+3; and N is 2. Most preferred trivalent metal ions are In+3, Gd +3, La+3, or Lu+3 and N is +2.
By combining various substituted intermediates, one skilled in the art can see how a large variety of hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins could be synthesized.
Water soluble means soluble in aqueous fluids to about 1 mM or better. Retaining lipophilicity means having greater affinity for lipid rich tissues or materials than surrounding nonlipid rich tissues or materials and in the case of viruses in suspension means affinity for the membraneous coat of the virus. Lipid rich means having a greater amount of triglyceride, cholesterol, fatty acids or the like. Hydroxyalkyl means alkyl groups having hydroxyl groups attached. Oxyalkyl means alkyl groups attached to an oxygen. Oxyhydroxyalkyl means alkyl groups having ether or ester linkages, hydroxyl groups, substituted hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, substituted carboxyl groups or the like. Saccharide includes oxidized, reduced or substituted saccharide.
Carboxyamidealkyl means alkyl groups with hydroxyl groups, secondary or tertiary amide linkages or the like.
Carboxyalkyl means alkyl groups having hydroxyl groups, carboxyl or amide substituted ethers, ester linkages, tertiary amide linkages removed from the ether or the like.
4 A method for the synthesis of an aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent is an aspect of the present invention. By aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog we mean texaphyrin. This method comprises synthesizing a diformyltripyrrole having 2~2'~530 struc ure A; condensing said tripyrrole with an orthophenylenediamine having structure B:
R4 Rt R~ RZ Rt R~
/ ~ / ~ / ~ HZN ~ R5 H
H N~N~N H N ~ R 5 A B
where R1, R2, R3, R4, and RS are independently H, OH, alkyl, oxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxyamidealkyl or oxyhydroxyalkyl and where at least one of R1, R2, Rg, R4, and RS has at least one hydroxy substituent and where the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons; and oxidizing the condensation product to form an aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent. A
preferred diformyltripyrrole is 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxyalkyl-4-alkylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-dialkylpyrrole or 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole, (7g, Fig.
7); or 2,5-bis((3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole (6E, Fig. 6).
A preferred "B" portion of these molecules is synthesized from phenylenediamine or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis(oxyhydroxyalkyl)benzene or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((3'-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene, (6D, Fig. 6), or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene, (8D, Fig. 8).
Said condensation product is mixed in an organic solvent with a trivalent metal salt, a Bronsted base and an oxidant; and stirred at ambient temperature or heated at reflux for at least 2-24 hours to form an aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent. A preferred Bronsted base is triethylamine; preferred oxidants are air, oxygen, platinum oxide, and 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone and preferred organic solvents are methanol and chloroform or methanol and benzene.
The metal complexes may be associated with, depending on the metal, anywhere from 0-6 apical ligands about the encapsulated metal center. The ligands are typically some combination of acetate, chloride, nitrate, hydroxide, water, or methanol and when bound, are not readily dissociable.
The present invention involves a method of deactivating retroviruses and enveloped viruses in an aqueous fluid. Aqueous fluid may be biological fluids, blood, plasma, edema tissue fluids, ex vivo fluids for injection into body cavities, cell culture media, supernatant solutions from cell cultures and the like.
This method comprises adding a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex retaining lipophilicity to said aqueous fluid and exposing the mixture to light to effect the formation of singlet oxygen. Preferred metals are diamagnetic metals and a preferred metal complex is the Lu, La or In complex of B2T2.
A method of light-induced singlet oxygen production is an aspect of the present invention. The method comprises the use of a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex retaining lipophilicity and having intrinsic biolocalization selectivity as a photosensitizes.
Preferred metals are diamagnetic metals and a preferred metal complex is the Lu, La, or In complex of B2T2.
212'~~~~
Intrinsic biolocalization selectivity means having an inherently greater affinity for certain tissues relative to surrounding tissues.
A method of enhancement of relaxivity comprising the administration of a paramagnetic metal ion (such as gadolinium, for example) complexed with a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog retaining lipophilicity is an aspect of the present invention. A preferred complex is the Gd complex of B2T2.
A method of treating a host harboring atheroma or benign or malignant tumor cells is an aspect of the present invention. The method comprises the administration to a host as a first agent, a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity, said complex exhibiting selective biolocalization in such atheroma or tumor cells relative to surrounding tissue; determining localization sites in the host by reference to such detectable metal, followed by the administration to the host as a second agent a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity and having essentially identical biolocalization property and exhibiting the ability to generate singlet oxygen upon exposure to light; and photoirradiating the second agent in proximity to said atheroma or tumor cells. The first agent is further defined as being a paramagnetic metal complex, said paramagnetic metal serving as said detectable metal.
In this case, the determination of localization sites occurs by magnetic resonance imaging and the second agent is a diamagnetic metal complex. The paramagnetic metal is most preferably Gd(III) and the diamagnetic metal is most preferably La(III), Lu(III) or In(III). A variation -2~~.~'~"~~a of this method uses as a first agent, a gamma emitting radioisotope as the detectable-metal complex, said gamma emitting radioisotope serving as said detectable metal;
determination of localization sites occurs by gamma body scanning and is followed by photoirradiating the second agent as described above. A preferred first agent is the Gd complex of B2T2, 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6.1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa-1, 3 , 5 , 7 9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene and a preferred second agent is the Lu, La or In complex of B2T2. Detectable as used herein means that the location may be found by localization means such as magnetic resonance imaging if the metal is paramagnetic or gamma ray detection if the metal is gamma emitting or using monochromatic X-ray photon sources. Selective biolocalization means having an inherently greater affinity for certain tissues relative to surrounding tissues. Essentially identical biolocalization property means the second agent is a texaphyrin derivative having about the same selective targeting characteristics in tissue as demonstrated by the first agent:
Another aspect of this invention is a method of imaging atheroma in a host comprising the administration to the host as an agent a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity, said complex exhibiting selective biolocalization in such atheroma; and imaging the atheroma in the host by reference to such detectable metal. The agent is preferably a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-paramagnetic metal complex retaining lipophilicity, said paramagnetic metal serving as said detectable metal; amd imaging of the atheroma occurs by magnetic resonance imaging. The '~ 'a paramagnetic metal is preferably Gd(III). The agent is preferably the Gd complex of B2T2, 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.1.13'6.1g~11.014,19~heptacosa-1,3,5, 7,9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene.
In these methods of use, by water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin l0 analog retaining lipophilicity we mean water soluble texaphyrins retaining lipophilicity, however, one skilled in the art would recognize that water soluble hydroxy substituted sapphyrin metal complexes may be used in methods for generating singlet oxygen. Sapphyrins compounds are disclosed in patent applications SN 454,298 and 454,301 which are incorporated by reference herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows a schematic representation of the reduced (lA) and oxidized (1B) forms of the free-base "texaphyrin" and a representative five coordinate cadmium complex (iC) derived from this "expanded porphyrin".
Figure 2 schematically summarizes the synthesis of texaphyrin (2G also designated iB in Fig. 1).
Figure 3 shows 1H NMR spectrum of iC~N03 in CDC13.
The signals at 1.5 and 7.26 ppm represent residual water and solvent peaks respectively.
Figure 4 shows a W-visible spectrum of iC~N03 1.50 x 10-5 M in CHC13.
WO 93/14093 s~ PCT/US93/00107 Figure 5 shows metal complexes and derivatives (SA-5E) of compounds of the parent patent application.
Figure 6 schematically summarizes the synthesis of B2TXP, 6F and [Lu82TXP]2+,6G, compounds of the present invention. Compounds 6D and 6E are claimed as intermediates in the synthesis of B2TXP in the present invention.
Figure 7 schematically summarizes the synthesis of 82T2TXP(7J), [Gd B2T2 TXP]2+ (7K), [Lu B2T2 TXP]2+ (7L), and [La 82T2 TXP]2+ (7M), compounds of the present invention. Other trivalent metal complexes analogous to those shown can be prepared including that of In(III).
Compound 7H is claimed as an intermediate in the synthesis of B2T2TXP in the present invention.
Figure 8 schematically summarizes the synthesis of B4T2TXP(8F) and [Gd B4T2 TXP]2+ (8G), compounds of the present invention. Compound 8D is claimed as an intermediate in the synthesis of B~T2TXP in the present invention.
Figure 9 shows mononuclear cell killing by complexes 2H(M=Zn+2) and iC without irradiation. Cell kill was determined by [3H]-Thy uptake after phytohemagglutinin (PHA) stimulation.
Figure 10 shows mononuclear cell killing by 1 ~,g/ml complex iC and irradiation. Cell kill was determined by [3H]-Thy uptake after PHA stimulation.
Figure 11 summarizes the synthesis of polyether-linked polyhydroxylated texaphyrins. Ts is a tosyl group.
~1~~~J~ -30-Figure 12 summarizes the synthesis of catechol (i.e.
benzene diol) texaphyrin derivatives bearing further hydroxyalkyl substituents off the tripyrrane-derived portion of the macrocycle.
Figure 13 provides an example of a saccharide -substituted texaphyrin in which the saccharide is appended via an acetal-like glycosidic linkage. Triflate is trifluoromethanesulfonate.
Figure 14 summarizes the synthesis of a doubly carboxylated texaphyrin system in which the carboxyl groups are linked to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers or functionalized alkyl substituents. The products of this scheme, compounds 14H and 14J could be converted on to various esterified products wherein the ester linkages serve to append further hydroxyl-containing substituents.
Figure 15 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives via the use of secondary amide linkages. DCC is dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, DMF is dimethylformamide, and DME is dimethoxyethane.
Figure 16 summarizes the synthesis of another set of polyhydroxyl substituted texaphyrin derivatives using similar amide bonds as in Figure 15.
Figure 17 summarizes the synthesis of saccharide substituted texaphyrins, wherein the saccharide moieties are appended via amide bonds.
Figure 18 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives containing branched polyhydroxyl (polyol) subunits appended to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 Figure 19 summarizes how similar polyol subunits may be appended via ester linkages.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
The present invention involves the synthesis and utility of novel water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complexes retaining lipophilicity, in particular, hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin metal complexes. The presence in this structure of a near circular pentadentate binding core which is roughly 20% larger than that of the porphyrins, coupled with the realization that almost identical ionic radii pertain for hexacoordinate Cd2+ (r = 0.92 ~) and Gd3+ (r = 0.94 prompted exploration of the general lanthanide binding properties of this monoanionic porphyrin-like ligand.
The synthesis and characterization of a water-stable gadolinium (III) complex derived formally from a 16,17-dimethyl substituted analogue of the original "expanded porphyrin" system is described, as well as the preparation and characterization of the corresponding europium(III) and samarium(III) complexes.
The aromatic "texaphyrin" system described herein provides an important complement to the existing rich coordination chemistry of porphyries. For instance, by using methods similar to those described, zinc(II), manganese(II), mercury(II), Iron(III), neodymium(III), samarium(III), gadolinium(III), lutetium(III), indium(III), and lanthanum(III) complexes have been prepared and characterized.
The present invention involves hydroxy substituted derivatives of texaphyrin, and the synthesis and characterization thereof. The introduction of hydroxy WO 93/ 14093 ~ ~ ~ '"~
PCT/US93/001 ~
substituents on the B (benzene ring) portion of the molecule is accomplished by their attachment to phenylenediamine in the 4 and 5 positions of the molecule. The introduction of hydroxy substituents on the T (tripyrrole) portion of the molecule is accomplished by appropriate functionalization of the -alkyl substituents in the 3 and/or 4 positions of the pyrrole rings at a synthetic step prior to condensation with the substituted phenylenediamine. Most preferred derivatizations introduce substituents at the R1 and R2 sites of the diformyltripyrrole (A, pg 23) and at the RS
sites of the orthophenylenediamine (B, pg 23). Standard deprotection methodology such as ester hydrolysis may be used to unmask the free hydroxyl substituents. These derivatives exhibit significant solubility in aqueous media, up to 1 mM or better, yet they retain affinity for lipid rich regions which allows them to be useful in a biological environment.
The photophysical properties of the tripyrroledimethine-derived "expanded porphyrins" are reported; these compounds show strong low energy optical absorptions in the 690-880 nm spectral range as well as a high triplet quantum yield, and act as efficient photosensitizers for the production of singlet oxygen, for example, in methanol solution.
Results indicate that these expanded porphyrin-like macrocycles are efficient photosensitizers for the destruction of free HIV-1 and for the treatment of atheroma, benign and malignant tumors in vivo and infected mononuclear cells in blood. Altering the polarity and electrical charges of side groups of these macrocycles will alter markedly the degree, rate, and sites) of binding to free enveloped viruses such as HIV-1 and to virally-infected peripheral mononuclear cells, thus modulating photosensitizer take-up and t photosensitization of leukemia or lymphoma cells contaminating bone-marrow. The use of La(III), Lu(III) or In(III) rather than Cd(II) for the production of singlet oxygen will reduce the toxicity of these compounds in any biomedical usage. A powerful technique is the use of these hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins in magnetic resonance imaging followed by photodynamic tumor therapy in the treatment of atheroma, and benign and malignant tumors.
8ynth~sis of Compounds lA-iC
This example describes the synthesis of compounds depicted in Figures 1 and 2; the nonaromatic methylene-bridged macrocycle lA, the expanded porphyrin named "texaphyrin" 1B and the nitrate salt of the cadmium (II) complex iC.
All solvents and reagents were of reagent grade quality, purchased commercially, and used without further purification. Sigma lipophilic Sephadex~~ (~-20-100) and Merck type 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel were used for column chromatography. Melting points were recorded on a Mel-temp Laboratory Devices capillary apparatus and are uncorrected.
2,5-His[[5-(bsn$ylo~cyasrbonyl)-3-ethyl-4-mothylpyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-3,4-disthylpyrrols (2C, Figure 2). 3,4-Diethylpyrrole (2A, Figure 2)~~ (0.6 g, 4.9 mmol), benzyl 5-(acetoxymethyl)-3- methyl-4-ethyl-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (2B, Figure 2)29 (2.5 g, 7.9 mmol), and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.15 g) were dissolved in 60 mL of absolute ethanol and heated at 60° C for 8 h under nitrogen. The resulting suspension was reduced in volume to 30 mL and placed in the freezer for several hours.
The product was then collected by filtration, washed with a small amount of cold ethanol, and recrystallized from dichloromethane-ethanol to afford a white powder (2.07 g, 82%): mp 211°C. NMR spectra and high resolution mass spectral data were obtained as described and are reported 13a .
2,5-His[(3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole (2E, Figure 2). The above diester (2C) (4.5 g, 7.1 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL of dry THF containing 1 drop of triethylamine and hydrogenated over 5% palladium-charcoal (250 mg) at 1 atm H2 pressure until the reaction was deemed complete by TLC. The catalyst was separated and the solution was taken to dryness on the rotary evaporator.
Recrystallization from dichloromethane-hexane yielded 2D
(3.2 g, quantitative) as a white powder which quickly develops a red hue upon standing in air: mp 111-115°C
dec. The above diacid (3 g, 6.6 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of freshly distilled trifuoroacetic acid and heated at reflux for 5 min under nitrogen and allowed to cool to room temperature over the course of 10 min. The above heating and cooling sequence was repeated once more and the resulting dark oil was then cooled in an ice-salt bath. Freshly distilled triethylorthoformate (5 mL) was then added dropwise with efficient stirring. After 10 min the solution was poured into 300 mL of ice water and let stand 30 min. The dark red precipitate was collected by filtration and washed well with water. Ethanol (ca.
50 mL) was then used to wash the precipitate from the filter funnel into 350 mL of 10% aqueous ammonia. The resulting yellow suspension was stirred well for an hour and then extracted with dichloromethane (5x150 mL). The dichloromethane extracts were washed with water, dried over MgS04, and evaporated to dryness on the rotary evaporator to give 2E as an off-white mass. Two recrystallizations from chloroform-ethanol gave crystalline product (1.91 g, 68%) with mp 202-203°C. NMR
C~ ">
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ;~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 spectra and high resolution mass spectra data were obtained as described and are reported 13a.
4,5,9,24-Tetraethyl-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaa-sapentacyclo[20.2.i.13~6~1g~11.014,19~heptaaosa-3,5,8,10,12,14-(19),15,17,20,22,2-undecaene (1A). A.
Acid-Catalyzed Procedure. The diformyltripyrrane (2E, Figure 2) (105 mg, 0.25 mmol) and o-phenylenediamine (27 mg., 0.25 mmol) were dissolved, with heating, in a degassed mixture of 300 mL of dry benzene and 50 mL of absolute methanol. Concentrated HC1 (0.05 mL) was then added and the resulting gold solution heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. After cooling, solid K2C03 (20 mg) was added and the solution filtered through MgS04.
The solvent was then removed on the rotary evaporator and the resulting product dissolved in 50 mL of CH2C12 and refiltered (to remove unreacted 2E). Heptane (100 mL) was added to the filtrate and the volume reduced to 50 mL
on the rotary evaporator whereupon the flask was capped and placed in the freezer overnight. The resulting white powder was then collected by filtration, washed with hexane, and dried in vacuo to yield lA (55 mg, 44%): mp 188-190°C.
Hetal Template Procedure. The diformyltripyrrane 2E
and o-phenylenediamine reactants were condensed together on a 0.25-mmol scale exactly as described above except that 1.0 equiv of either Pb(SCN)2 (80 mg) or U02C12 (85 mg) was added to the boiling solution at the outset of the reaction. Following workup as outlined above, 68 mg (69%) and 60 mg (61%) of lA were obtained respectively for the Pb2+ - and U022+ -catalyzed reactions. The products produced in this manner proved identical with that prepared by procedure A. NI~t spectra and high resolution mass spectra data were obtained as described and are reported 13a .
~,5,9,24-Tetraethyl-10,23-dimethyl-i3,20,25,26,27-pentaa$apentacyclo [20.2. i.13~6. i8~i1_ 014,19 heptacosa-i,3,5,7,9,ii(27),12,14,16,18,20,22(25),23-tridecaene, free-base "te=aphyrin" iB. Macrocycle lA (50 mg, o.l mmol) was stirred in methanol/chloroform (150 ml, v/v/
2/1) in the presence of N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-1,8-diaminonaphthalene ("proton sponge") for one day at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then poured into ice water. The organic layer was separated and washed with aqueous ammonium chloride solution and then brine (a saturated solution of sodium chloride in water).
Following concentration on a rotary evaporator, the crude material was purified by chromatography on SEPHADEX using first pure chloroform and then chloroform/methanol (v/v/
10/1) as eluents. After several faster red bands were discarded, a dark green band was collected, concentrated in vacuo, and recrystallized from chloroform/n-hexane to give the sp2 form of the ligand as a dark green powder in yields ranging from.3-12% with the better yields only being obtained on rare occasions.
The preparation of complex i~ ~ N03 was as follows the reduced spa form of the macrocyclic compound (lA) (40 mg, 0.08 mmol) was stirred with cadmium nitrate tetrahydrate (31 mg, 0.1 mmol) in chloroform/methanol (150 ml, v/v/ = 1/2) for 1 day. The dark green reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by chromatography on silica gel as described above. The resulting crude material was then recrystallized from chloroform/n-hexane to give analytically pure iC~N03 in 27% yield. Under the reaction conditions both ligand oxidation and metal complexation take place spontaneously.
~~.?~~3~~
The structure of compound iC suggests that it can be formulated as either an 18n-electron benzannelated [18]annulene or as an overall 22 n-electron system; in " either case an aromatic structure is defined. The proton NMR spectrum of complex iC~N03~(HN03) (see Figure 3) is consistent with the proposed aromaticity. For the most part, complex iC~N03 shows ligand features which are qualitatively similar to those observed for compound lA.
As would be expected in the presence of a strong l0 diamagnetic ring current, however, the alkyl, imine, and aromatic peaks are all shifted to lower field.
Furthermore, the bridging methylene signals of compound lA (at d 4.0)13 are replaced by a sharp singlet, at ca.
9.2 ppm, ascribable to the bridging methine protons. The chemical shift of this "meso" signal is similar to that observed for Cd(OEP)16 (6~ 10.0),17 an appropriate 18 n-electron aromatic reference system, and is also similar to that observed for the free-base form of decamethylsapphyrin (s 11.5- 11.7),3 a 22 n-electron pyrrole-containing macrocycle.
The optical spectrum of complex iC~N03 (Fig. 4) bears some resemblance to those of other aromatic pyrrole-containing macrocycles3,6,7,18 and provides further support for the proposed aromatic structure. The dominant transition is a Soret-like band at 424 nm (e =
72,700), which is considerably less intense than that seen for Cd(OEP)(pyr)16 ~~ = 421 nm, a = 288,000.18 This peak is flanked by exceptionally strong N- and Q-like bands at higher and lower energies. As would be expected for a larger n system, both the lowest energy Q-like absorption (~~ = 767.5 nm, a = 41,200) and emission (~~ = 792 nm)) bands of complex iC~N03 are substantially red-shifted (by ca. 200 nm!) as compared to those of typical cadmium porphyrins.18,19 WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/001~7 212'~~~0 -3$-The molecular structure of the bis-pyridine adduct, determined by X-ray diffraction analysis confirms the aromatic nature of the ligand.2~ The central five nitrogen donor atoms of the complex are essentially coplanar and define a near circular cavity with a center-to-nitrogen radius of ca. 2.39 ~ which is roughly 20%
larger than that found in metalloporphyrins.21 The Cd atom lies in the plane of the central NS binding core.
The structure of the "expanded porphyrin" thus differs dramatically from that of CdTPP16,22 or CdTPP-(dioxane)2~23 in which the cadmium atom lies out of the porphyrin N4 donor plane (by 0.58 and 0.32 ~ respectively). Moreover, in contrast to cadmium porphyrins, for which a five-coordinate square-pyramidal geometry is preferred and to which only a single pyridine molecule will bind,24 in the bis-pyridine adduct, the cadmium atom is seven-coordinate, being complexed by two apical pyridine ligands. The configuration about the Cd atom is thus pentagonal bipyramidal; a rare but not unknown geometry for cadmium(II) complexes.25 Under neutral conditions complex iC appears to be more stable than cadmium porphyries: Whereas treatment of CdTPP or CdTPP(pyr) with aqueous Na2S leads to cation loss and precipitation of CdS, in the case of complex iC
no demetallation takes place. (Exposure to aqueous acid, however, leads to hydrolysis of the macrocycle.) Indeed, it has not been possible to prepare the free-base ligand 1B by demetallation. The tripyrroledimethine-derived free-base ligand iB was synthesized directly from lA by stirring in air-saturated chloroform-methanol containing N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-1,8-diaminonaphthalene.ls Although the yield is low (< 12%),26 once formed, compound iB
appears to be quite stable: It undergoes decomposition far more slowly than compound 1A,13 presumably, this is a reflection of the aromatic stabilization present in compound iB. A further indication of the aromatic nature of the free-base "expanded porphyrin" 1B is the observation of an internal pyrrole NH signal at d = 0.90, which is shifted upfield by over 10 ppm as compared to the pyrrolic protons present in the reduced macrocycle 1A,13 This shift parallels that seen when the spa-linked macrocycle, octaethylporphyrinogen (a(NH) - 6.9),27 is oxidized to the corresponding porphyrin, H20EP (d (NH) --3.74).17 This suggests that the diamagnetic ring current present in compound iB is similar in strength to that of the porphyrins.
Synthesis of compounds 5A-5E.
The presence in texaphyrin of a near circular pentadentate binding core which is roughly 20% larger than that of the porphyrins,l3b coupled with the realization that almost identical ionic radii pertain for hexacoordinate Cd2+ (r = 0.92 ~) and Gd3+ (r = 0.94 x,),30 prompted exploration of the general lanthanide binding properties of this new monoanionic porphyrin-like ligand.
The synthesis and characterization of a water-stable gadolinium(III) complex (SC) derived formally from a 16,17-dimethyl substituted analogue (5B)31 of the original "expanded porphyrin" system is described in this example.
All solvents and reagents were of reagent grade quality, purchased commercially, and used without further purification. Sigma lipophilic SEPHADEX (LH-20-100) and Merck type 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel were used for column chromatography.
Compound 5C is the metal adduct of ligand SA which was obtained in ca. 90% yield by condensing 1,2-diamino-4,5-dimethylbenzene with 2,5-Bis-(3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-ylmethyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole under acid catalyzed conditions identical to those used to prepare 1A.13a The spa form of ligand 5A (42 mg, 0.08 mmol) was stirred with gadolinium acetate tetrahydrate (122 mg, 0.3 mmol) and Proton Sponge, N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-1,8-diaminonaphthalene (54 mg, 0.25 mmol) in ' chloroform/methanol (150 ml, v/v 1/2) for one day at room temperature. The dark green reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed through silica gel (25 cm. x 1.5 cm.) which was pretreated with chloroform/triethylamine (50 ml, v/v 25/1). Chloroform/triethylamine (25/1) and chloroform/methanol/triethylamine 25/2.5/1 v/v) was used as eluents. A dark red band was first collected followed by two green bands. The last green band, which showed a clear aromatic pattern by W/VIS, was concentrated and recrystallized from chloroform/n-hexane to give 14 mg (22%) of the Gd complex 5C.
Treatment of compound SA with Gd(OAc)3, Eu(OAc)3, and Sm(OAc)3 under reaction and work-up conditions similar to those used to obtain iC, then gave the cationic complexes SC, SD, and SE, as their dihydroxide adducts, in 22%, 33%, and 37% yields respectively. As judged by the IR
and microanalytical data, under the reaction and work up conditions, hydroxide anions serve to displace the acetate ligands presumably present following the initial metal insertion procedure.
The new lanthanide complexes reported here are unique in several ways. For instance, as judged by fast atom bombardment mass spectrometric (FAB MS) analysis, complexes SC-SE are mononuclear 1:1 species, a conclusion that is further supported, by both high resolution FAB MS
accurate molecular weight determinations and combustion analysis. In other words, we have found no evidence of WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~'~ '_~, ) ~ PCT/US93/00107 1:2 metal to ligand "sandwich" systems, or higher order combinations as are often found in the case of the better studied lanthanide porphyrins.32 The electronic spectra represents a second remarkable feature of these new materials. The lanthanide complexes isolated to date display a dominant Soret-like transition in the 435-455 nm region which is considerably less intense than that observed in the corresponding metalloporphyrins,33 and show a prominent low energy Q-type band in the 760-800 nm region. This latter feature is diagnostic of this class of 22 n-electron "expanded porphyrins"13b and is both considerably more intense and substantially red-shifted (by ca. 200 nm!) as compared to the corresponding transitions in suitable reference lanthanide porphyrins (e.g., [Gd~TPPS]+,~ ~X = 575 nm33) .
Within the context of these general observations, it is interesting to note that complexes derived from the somewhat more electron rich ligand 5B all display Q-type bands that are blue shifted by ca. 5-15 nm as compared to those obtained from the original texaphyrin 1B
A third notable property of complexes SC-SE is their high solubility in both chloroform and methanol. The fact that these three complexes are also moderately soluble (to roughly 10-3 M concentrations) in 1:1 (v. v.) methanol/water mixtures was of particular interest. For instance, a 3.5 x 10-5 M solution of the gadolinium complex SC in 1:1 (v. v.) methanol/water at ambient temperature shows less than 10% bleaching of the Soret and Q-type bands when monitored spectroscopically over the course of 2 weeks. This suggests that the half-life for decomplexation and/or decomposition of this complex is > 100 days under these conditions. Under the z conditions of the experiment described above, no detectable shifts in the position of the Q-type band are observed yet the Q-type transition of the free-base 5B
falls ca. 20 nm to the blue of that of 5C. Thus, shifts in this direction would be expected if simple demetalation were the dominant pathway leading to the small quantity of observed spectral bleaching.
The strong hydrolytic stability of complexes SC-SE
is in marked contrast to that observed for simple, water soluble gadolinium porphyries, such as [Gd~TPPS]+, which undergo water-induced demetalation in the course of several days when exposed to an aqueous environment.33,34 It thus appears likely that gadolinium(III) complexes derived from the new texaphyrin ligand 5B, or its analogues, should provide the basis for developing new paramagnetic contrast reagents for use in MRI
applications. In addition, the ease of preparation and stable mononuclear nature of complexes 5C-5E suggests that such expanded porphyrin ligands might provide the basis for extending further the relatively underdeveloped coordination chemistry of the lanthanides.
$ZAMPLB 3 Synthesis of t~zaphyrin d~rfvativo B2.
lTom~aclatur~. The trivial abbreviations assigned to the hydroxylated derivatives of texaphyrin (TXP) in this and following examples refer to the number of hydroxyl groups attached to the benzene ring portion (B) and the tripyrrole (T) portion of the molecule.
cisnoral Information. 1H and 13C NMIt spectra were obtained on a General Electric QE-300rM(300 MHz.) spectrometer. Electronic spectra were recorded on a Beckman'~'~DU-7 spectrophotometer in CHC13. Infrared spectra were recorded, as KBr pellets, from 4000 to 600 c~ 1 on a Nicolet'~" 510P FT-IR spectrophotometer. Chemical ionization mass spectrometric analyses (CI MS) were made using a Finnigan MATS 4023. Low resolution and high resolution fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry (FAB
MS) were performed with a Finnigan-MAT'1'MTSQ-70 and VG
ZAB-2E instruments, respectively. A nitrobenzyl alcohol (NBA) matrix was utilized with CHC13 as the co-solvent.
Elemental analyses were performed by Atlantic Microlab, to Inc. Melting points were measured on a Mel-temp apparatus and are uncorrected.
l~tat~rials. All solvents and reagents were of reagent grade quality, purchased commercially, and used as received. Merck Type 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel was used for column chromatography. Thin-layer chromatography was performed on commercially prepared Whatman type silica gel 60A plates.
i,2-bis((2-carboxy)athozy)-~,5-dinitroben:ene.
Fig.6. To a well stirred solution of o-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene2~ (5.0 g, 22 mmol) in 30 mL glacial acetic acid cooled to 15° C, 20 mL of concentrated nitric acid (70%) was added dropwise over a period of 15 minutes. The temperature was held below 40°
C by cooling and proper regulation of the rate of acid addition. After the addition, the yellow solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Here, the solution was cooled again to 15° C and 50 mL of fuming nitric acid (90%) was added dropwise over a period of 30 minutes. The orange solution was brought to room temperature and stirred for approximately 48 hours.
After 48 hours, the reactipn solution was checked by TLC, which displayed only one low Rf spot, the diacid.
Therefore, the orange solution was poured onto 600 mL of ice in a 1 liter beaker. The precipitated dinitro WO 93/ 14093 PCT/US93/001 ~7 21~'~~~J
product was filtered, washed with water (1000 mL) until free from acid and dried in vacuo for 24 hours. The crude product was recrystallized from acetone/n-hexanes to yield the diacid as fluffy yellow needles (4.20 grams, 55.2%). For the diacid: 1H NMR (d6-acetone) 6: 2.87 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2C02H), 4.49 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2C02H), 7.71 (s, 2H, Ar-H), 9-10 (br s, 2H, C02H). 13C NMR (d6-acetone) 8:
33.76, 66.57, 109.85, 137.14, 152.06, 171.51. EI MS, m/z (rel. intensity: 346 (100)) 1,2-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene.
6C, Fig.6. In a dry 500 mL round bottom flask, equipped with a 125 mL pressure equalized dropping funnel, 1,2-bis((2-carboxy)ethoxy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene (5.0 g, 14.5 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL dry THF (distilled over ketyl) and stirred at 0-10° C under nitrogen. To the resulting clear solution, 120 mL of BH3~THF (1M) was added dropwise over a period of 30 minutes. After the borane addition, the reaction mixture was stirred an additional 5 minutes at 10° C and then it was brought up to room temperature. The formation of the diol product was followed by TLC and the reaction was deemed complete after approximately 2 hours. The borane solution was quenched by careful addition of 65 mL of absolute methanol (Careful: frothing occurs!). After stirring the yellow solution for 30 minutes, it was concentrated to a bright yellow solid on a rotary evaporator. The crude solid was dissolved in 200 mL ethyl acetate and washed with 4 M sodium acetate (2 x 100 mL), water (2 x 100 mL) and then brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgS04 and concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator. The crude product was recrystallized from acetone/n-hexanes to afford 4.12 grams (90%) of orange needles. For the diol: mp 129-130° C; 1H NMR (CDC13) 8:
2.10 (p, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.81 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 4.28 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 7.41 (s, 2H, Ar-H). 13C NMR
(d6-acetone) 8: 32.52, 58.50, 67.81, 107.88, 137.03, 152.47. EI MS, m/z (rel. intensity): 316 (100); HRMS
(M+) 316.0914 (calcd. for C12H16N208- 316.0907) .
1,2-Diamino-~,5-bis(3~-hydrosypropyl)oxybenzene, 6D, Fig. 6. The diamine was obtained by reduction of the corresponding 1,2-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)--4,5-dinitrobenzene (3.0 g, 9.6 mmol) with hydrazine hydrate (4.7 mL, 96.2 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (200 mg) in 120 mL refluxing absolute ethanol. The resulting brown suspension bubbled for approximately 15-20 minutes and then turned colorless after 1 hour. At this point, the reduction was deemed complete as judged by TLC (a low Rf spot). The reaction solution was hot filtered through celite into a dry flask, covered with aluminum foil, and then concentrated to a gray solid. The diamine was recrystallized from hot acetone/n-hexanes to yield 2.20 grams (91%) of an off-white fine powder. For the diamine: mp 115-117° C; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO) 6: 1.76 (p, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.53 (q, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.82 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 4.06 (s, 4H, NH), 4.44 (t, 2H, OH), 6.25 (s, 2H, ArH). 13C NMR (d6-DMSO) ~: 42.68, 67.84, 77.08, 114.95, 139.01, 150.63. EI MS, m/z (rel. intensity): 256 (100) ; HRMS (M+) 256.1420 (calcd for C12H2QtJ204:
256.1423).
4,5,9,2 ~-Tetraethyl-16,17-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)osy) -10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.
1.13'6. ig°11. 014,19 -heptacosa-3, 5, 8,10,12,14 ( 19 ) ,15,17, 20, 22,24-undecaene. spa B2 TBP, 6F, Fig.6. This macrocycle was prepared in >90% yield from 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene and 2,5-bis((3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4 -diethylpyrrole by using the acid-catalyzed procedure reported earlier for the preparation of the reduced spa texaphyrin, see Example 1. For H2 spa tesaphyrin: mp WO 93/140934 ~ ~ ~ ~ c~ ~ PCT/US93/00~~7 190° C dec; 1H NMR (CDC13) a: 1.05 (t, 6H, CH2CH3), 1.12 (t, 6H, CH2CH3), 2.00 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 2.28 (s, 6H, pyrr-CH3), 2.35 (q, 4H, CH2CH3), 2.48 (q, 4H CHZCH3), , 3.00-3.50 (bs, 2H, OH), 3.78 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.93 (s, 4H, (pyrr)2-CH2), 4.19 (s, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 7.16 (s, 2H, ArH), 8.34 (s, 2H, CHN), 11.16 (s, iH, NH), 12.04 (s, 2H, NH); 13C NMR (CDC13) a: 9.65, 15.45, 16.61, 17.23, 17.60, 22.18, 31.71, 60.75, 68.58, 100.86, 120.23, 120.37, 124.97, 125.06, 130.05, 133.86, 140.16, 140.86, 147.62; W/vis ~~X 369 nm; CI MS (M+) 642; CI HRMS (M+) 642.4039 (calcd for C34H43N502~ 642.4019) .
Lutetium (III) complex of 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-16,17-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [20.2.1.13'6.1g'll~
014,19]heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,11(27),12,14(19), 15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene [Lu82Txp]2+ 6G, Fig. 6. A
mixture of the reduced texaphyrin ligand, 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-16,17-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 .1811. 014,19 ] heptacosa 3,5,8,10,12,14(19),15,17,20,22,24-undecaene (100 mg., 0.16 mmol), lutetium (III) nitrate hydrate (177 mg, 0.47 mmol) and triethylamine (10 drops) were combined in 150 mL of refluxing methanol for 12-24 hours. The dark green reaction mixture was concentrated on a rotary evaporator , to dryness and dried in vacuo for 24 hours. The crude complex was dissolved in a 100 mL 1:1 (v/v) mixture of chloroform and methanol, filtered through celite and concentrated to 20 mL. A small amount of silica gel (approx. 3 grams) was added to the flask and then the dark green solution was carefully concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator. The silica was dried for 2 hours in vacuo, then it was loaded on a chloroform packed silica column and the complex was purified by first using neat chloroform and then increasing concentrations of methanol in chloroform (O%-20%) as eluents. The dark green band collected from the column was concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator and recrystallized from chloroform/methanol/diethyl ether to yield 50 mg (ca.
35%) of the lutetium (III) B2 texaphyrin. For the Lu (III) Comple8: 1H NMR (CDC13/CD30H) ~: 1.82-1.91 (m, 12H, CH2CH3), 2.39 (m, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.32 (m, 4H, OCH2CHZCHZOH), 3.39 (s, 6H, pyrr-CH3), 3.92-4.04 (m, 12H, OCH2CH2CH20H and CH2CH3), 9.52 (s, 2H, CH=C), 10.24 (s, 2H, ArH), 12.23 (s, 2H, CH=N); W/vis: 7~~X 420.0, 477.5, 730.0; FAB MS M+ 811.
Other lanthanide and rare earth-like metal complexes may be synthesized including the Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, In+3 and Dy+3 complexes.
Synthesis of B2T2 TXP, see Fig. 7.
2,5-Bis[(5-benzylo8ycarbonyl-4-methyl-3-metho8ycar-bonylethylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7C, Fig.7. In a 500 mL round bottom flask was placed 250 mL
of ethanol from an unopened bottle and this was then purged with dry nitrogen for ten minutes.
3,4-Diethylpyrrole 7B (1.29 g, 0.01 mol) and 2-acetoxymethyl-5-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-methyl-3-methoxycarbonylethylpyrrole 7A (7.83 g, 0.02 mol) were added and the mixture heated until all of the pyrroles dissolved. p-Toluenesulfonic acid (65 mg) was added and the reaction temperature maintained at 60° C. The reaction slowly changed color from a clear yellow to a dark red with the product precipitating out of the solution as the reaction WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/001~7 progressed. After ten hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, the volume reduced to one half on a rotary evaporator, and then placed in the freezer for several hours. The product was collected by filtration, washed with a small amount of cold ethanol to afford 4.61 g of an off white fine powder (61%): iH NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz): d 1.14 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 2.23 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.31 (4H, t, CH2CH2C02CH3), 2.50 (4H, q, CH2CH3), 2.64 (4H, t, CH2CH2C02CH3), 3.60 (10H, br s, CH3C02- and (pyrrole)2-CH2), 4.44 (4H, br s, C6HSCH2), 6.99-7.02 (4H, m, aromatic), 7.22-7.26 (6H, m, aromatic), 8.72 (iH, s, NH), 10.88 (2H, br s, NH); 13C NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz): d 10.97, 16.78, 17.71, 19.40, 22.07, 35.09, 51.46, 65.32, 117.37, 119.34, 122.14, 126.58, 126.79, 127.36, 128.19, 133.55, 136.62, 162.35, 173.49; CI MS (M+H)+ 750; HRMS
749.3676 (calc. for C~HS1N308: 749.3676) .
2,5-Bis((5-benzylouycarbonyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methyl-pyrrol-2y1)methyl]-3,~-diethylpyrrole. 7D, Fig.7. 2,5-Bis[(5-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-methyl-3-methoxycarbonylethylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrol a 7C (5.00 g, 0.007 mol) was placed in a three necked 100 mL round bottom flask and vacuum dried for at least 30 minutes. The flask was equipped with a thermometer, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet tube, and a magnetic stir bar. After the tripyrrane was partially dissolved into 10 mL of dry THF, 29 mL of borane (1M BH3 in THF) was added dropwise with stirring. The reaction became mildly exothermic and was cooled with a cool water bath.
The tripyrrane slowly dissolved to form a homogeneous orange solution which turned to a bright fluorescent orange color as the reaction went to completion. After stirring the reaction for one hour at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by adding methanol dropwise until the vigorous effervescence ceased. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting 2~2'~~~~
white solid redissolved into CH2C12. The tripyrrane was washed three times with 0.5M HC1 (200 mL total), dried over anhydrous K2C03, filtered, and the CH2C12 removed ' under reduced pressure until crystals of the tripyrrane just started to form. Hexanes (50 mL) was added and the tripyrrane allowed to crystallize in the freezer for several hours. The product was filtered and again recrystallized from CH2C12/ethanol. The product was collected by filtration and vacuum dried to yield 3.69 g of an orangish white solid (76%): mp 172-173° C; 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz): 6 1.11 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.57 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20H), 2.23 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.39-2.49 (8H, m, CH2CH3 and CH2CH2CH20H), 3.50 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20H), 3.66 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 4.83 (4H, s, C6H5-CH2), 7.17-7.20 (4H, m, aromatic), 7.25-7.30 (6H, m, aromatic), 8.64 (1H, s, NH), 9.92 (2H, s, NH); 13C NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 10.97, 16.72, 17.68, 20.00, 22.38, 33.22, 62.01, 65.43, 117.20, 119.75, 120.72, 122.24, 127.23, 127.62, 128.30, 132.95, 136.60, 162.13; FAB MS (M+) 693.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetogypropyl-5-benzylouycarbonyl-~
-methyl-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7E, Fig.7. 2,5-Bis[(5-benzyloxycarbonyl-3-hydroxypropyl--4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7D (36.4 g, 0.05 mol) was placed in a 1 L three necked round bottom flask and dried under vacuum for at least 30 minutes. The flask was equipped with a dropping funnel, a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet tube, and a magnetic stir bar. CH2C12 (600 mL dried over CaH2) was added to the tripyrrane and stirred under nitrogen to form an orange . suspension. Pyridine (10.5 mL) was added directly to the flask followed by acetyl chloride (9.5 mL) in 50 mL of dry CH2C12 which was added dropwise from the addition funnel at such a rate that the temperature of the reaction didn't exceed 25° C. An ice/water bath was used to cool the reaction. The tripyrrane slowly dissolved as WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/001~7 2~2'~5~0 the acetyl chloride was added to form a dark red homogeneous solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for approx. 3 hours then quenched with sat.
aq. NaHCO3. The organic layer was separated, washed three times with 0.5M HC1, then once with sat. NaHC03.
The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS04, filtered, then reduced to dryness on the rotary evaporator. The orange solid was dried in vacuo for several hours then redissolved into CH2C12 and crystallized using hexanes. 36.8 g of an orange colored product was obtained (89%). A purer product can be obtained by recrystallization from CH2C12/ethanol. For tripyrrane 7E: mp 127-129° C; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 1.14 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.67 (4H, p, CHZCH2CH20Ac), 2.04 (6H, s, CH3C02CH2), 2.22 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.37 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 2.48 (4H, q, CH2CH3), 3.57 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 3.98 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 4.45 (4H, s, C6H5-CH2), 7.01-7.03 (4H, m, aromatic), 7.23-7.29 (6H, m, aromatic), 8.69 (2H, s, NH), 10.95 (1H, s, NH); 13C NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz): d 11.06, 16.89, 17.74, 20.19, 20.93, 21.98, 29.70, 63.83, 65.31, 117.38, 118.81, 119.89, 122.24, 126.42, 126.68, 127.24, 128.11, 133.53, 136.73, 162.62, 171.12; CI MS (M+) 777; HRMS (M+H)+, 778.4060 (calc. for C~H56N3Og, 778.4067) .
2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-carboxyl-~-methylpyrrol -2-yl) methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7F, Fig. 7 2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7E (15.0 g, 0.02 mol) was placed in a 500 mL side arm round bottom flask and dried under vacuum for at least 30 minutes. ' After dissolving the tripyrrane into 400 mL of dry THF, 10% Pd on carbon (0.75 g) and two drops of triethylamine were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature under one atm. of H2. After 15 hrs. celite was added to WO 93/14093 ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 the mixture and the catalyst was filtered off. The light orange solution was reduced to one half volume under reduce pressure, then 100 mL of heptane was added and the solution further reduced in volume until crystals of the tripyrrane diacid just started to appear. The tripyrrane was allowed to crystallize in the freezer for several hours and then filtered to yield a white color solid which developed a reddish hue on standing in air. 10.94 grams of product was obtained (96%): mp 146-148 dec; 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 1.09 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.76 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 2.03 (6H, s, CH3C02), 2.23 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.42 (4H, q, CH2CH3), 2.49 (4H, t, CH2CHZCH20Ac), 3.77 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-cH2), 4.01 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 8.23 (1H, s, NH), 9.29 (2H, s, NH); FAB MS
(M+) 597.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetogypropyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7G, Fig. 7.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-carboxyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl) methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7F (5.80 g, 0.0097 mol) was placed in a 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet and a magnetic stir bar. At room temperature under nitrogen trifluoroacetic acid (16 mL) was added to the tripyrrane dropwise via syringe. The tripyrrane dissolved with visible evolution of C02 to form a dark orange solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10-15 minutes, then cooled to -20° C
using a dry ice/CC14 bath. Freshly distilled triethylorthoformate (16 mL, dried over CaH2) was added dropwise via syringe to produce a deep red solution which was stirred an additional ten minutes at -20° C. The cold bath was removed and 100 mL of water was added slowly to the solution. A precipitate formed during addition of the water and the resulting orange suspension was stirred at room temperature for 20-30 minutes. The product was collected by filtration, washed several times ~~~r~~)~~ -52-with water, and resuspended in 1:1 50% aqueous NH40H/Ethanol (240 mL). The yellow/brown suspension was stirred for one hour at room temperature, filtered, washed several times with water and then washed with a small amount of cold ethanol. The tripyrrane was recrystallized from CH2C12/ethanol to yield 4.50 g of a reddish color solid (82%): mp 179-181°C; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 1.11 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.67 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 2.05 (6H, s, CH3C02-), 2.19 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.42-2.49 (8H, m, CH2CH3 and CH2CH2CH20Ac), 3.83 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 3.99 (4H, t, CH2CH2CHZOAc), 9.07 (2H, s, CHO), 9.42 (1H, s, NH), 10.70 (2H, s, NH);
13C ~ (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 8.75, 16.55, 17.62, 19.98, 20.85, 22.56, 29.04, 63.71, 120.26, 121.41, 121.65, 128.02, 132.81, 138.52, 171.08, 175.38; CI MS (M+1)+ 567;
HRMS (M+H) +, 566. 3208 (calc for C38H~N306, 566. 3230) .
2,5-Bis[(5-formyl-3-hydrosypropyl-4-methylpyrrol -2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diathylpyrrole. 7H, Fig. 7.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2--yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7G (5.98 g, 0.011 mol) and LiOH (1.76 g, 0.042 mol) were added to 400 mL of 95%
methanol, which had been degassed with nitrogen prior to use, and the mixture heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction became homogeneous when heated.
After heating for 1.25 hours, the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. The product precipitated as a tan color solid as the reaction cooled. The volume of the reaction mixture was reduced to 75 mL on a rotary evaporator and the resulting slurry placed in the freezer for several hours. The product was filtered and then purified by forming a slurry with 400 mL of methanol and 50 mL of water and heating close to boiling. The slurry was first cooled to room temperature, reduced to 1/2 volume under reduced pressure, and placed in the freezer for several hours. The product was collected by WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 filtration and vacuum dried to yield 4.96 g of a tan powder (94%): 1H NMR (CD30D, 300 MHz): d 0.96 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.49 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20H), 2.25 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.32-2.43 (8H, m, CH2CH3 and CH2CH2CH20H), 3.46 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20H), 3.85 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2),9.34 (2H, s, CHO); CI MS (M+) 480; HRMS
(M) +, 481.2942 (calc for C28H3gN304, 481.2941) .
4,5-Diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,2 ~-bis(3-to hydrosypropyl)- 16,17-bis(3-hydroHypropylouy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapen-tacyclo [20.2 . i.13~6. i8~11. 014,19 heptacosa-3, 5, 8,10,12,14 ( 19 ) ,15,17,20,22,24-undecaene. 7J, Fig.7.
2,5-Bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl) methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7H (1.00 g, 0.002 mol) and 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis(3-hydroxypropyloxy)benzene 7I (0.52 g, 0.002 mol) were placed in a 2 L round bottom flask with 1000 mL of toluene and 200 mL of methanol. The solvents were purged with nitrogen prior to use. Concentrated HC1 (0.5 mL) was added and the reaction heated to reflux under nitrogen. The reaction went from a clear suspension of starting materials to a dark red homogeneous solution as the reaction proceeded. After 10 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure until the product precipitated out of solution. The remainder of the solvent was decanted off and the macrocycle dried under vacuum. The dark red product was used without further purification (90- 100$): mp 181°C-dec; 1H NMR (CD30D, 300 MHz): d 1.11 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.76 (4H, p, pyrrole-CH2CH2CH20H), 2.03 (4H, p, OCH2CH2CH20H), 2.36 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.46 (4H, q, CXZCH3), 2.64 (4H, t, pyrrole- CHZCH2CH20H), 3.61 (4H, t, pyrrole-CH2CH2CH20H), 3.77 (4H, t, OCH2CH2CH20H), 4.10 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 4.22 (4H, t, OCH2CH2CH20H), 7.41 (2H, s, aromatic), 8.30 (2H, s, CHN); 13C NMR (CD30D, 300 MHz): b 9.96, 17.17, 18.65, 20.89, 24.52, 33.15, 33.45, 59.58, 61.93, 67.82, 107.11, 120.66, 123.76, 124.98, 125.80, 128.68, 144.80, 144.96, 150.72, 154.60; FAB MS (M+H)+ 703; HRMS M+
701.4120 (calc for C~HSSN506, 701.4152) .
Gadoliaium (III) complex of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydrogppropyl)-16,17-(3-hydrogypropylouy)-13,20,25,26,27-to pentaasapentacyclo [20.2 . i.13~6. ig~il. 014,19 heptacosa-1, 3, 5, 7 9,ii(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene. 7K, Fig. 7. [GdB2T2Tup]. A mixture of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-bi s(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13~6.1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa--3,5,8,10,12,14(19),15,17,20, 22,24-undecaene 7J (1.52 g, 0.002 mol), gadolinium (III) acetate tetrahydrate (2.64 g, 0.007 mol), and triethylamine (ca. 1 mL) in 2 L of methanol was heated to reflux under air for 3.5-4 hours.
The dark green reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under reduced pressure.
Dichloromethane, containing 2% methanol, was added to the resulting green solid to form a slurry and was filtered to wash away some red colored impurities (incomplete oxidation products). The complex was then washed through the filter with methanol to leave behind some excess gadolinium salts on the filter. The methanol was reduced to a small volume on a rotary evaporator and then a small amount of silica gel was added. The rest of the methanol was removed carefully under reduced pressure and the complex/silica gel mixture dried under vacuum for several hours. The silica mixture was placed on top of a silica gel column and eluted with CHC13 containing increasing concentrations of methanol (5-100%). Fractions containing the complex were collected and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The complex was further WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 purified by passing it through a plug of neutral alumina using 1:1 CHC13/methanol as the eluent. The final column was used to remove any remaining free gadolinium salts.
The complex was recrystallized from methanol/diethyl ether to yield 0.92 g of dark green powder (44%): W/vis " ~~x,nm (CH30H) 414, 474, 738, (H20) 417, 469, 740; FAB MS
(M+H) + 855; HRMS, (M) +, 854.2995 (calc for C~HS~tJ50615gGd, 854.3002).
Lanthanum (III) complex of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydrogppropyl)-16,17-(3-hydrosypropylosy)-i3,2o,25,26,27-pentaasapentacyclo [20. 2 . i.13~6. i8~11. 014,19 heptacosa-i, 3, 5, 7 9,ii(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene. 7M, Fig. 7. [LaB2T2Txp~. A mixture of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-bis(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27--pentaaz apentacyc to [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 .1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa--3,5,8,10,12,14(19),15,17,20,22,24-undecaene 7J (100 mg, 0.14 mmol), lanthanum (III) nitrate hexahydrate (185 mg, 0.42 mmol), and triethylamine (5 drops) in methanol (150 mL) were heated to reflux under air for 16 hours. The dark green reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed on a rotary evaporator. The complex was dissolved into methanol and filtered through a fine glass frit. A small amount of neutral alumina was added and the methanol removed under reduced pressure. The alumina/complex mixture was dried under vacuum for several hours then placed on top of a neutral alumina column. The column was eluted using neat CHC13 and CHC13 containing increasing concentrations of methanol (5-20%).
Fractions containing the complex were reduced to dryness on a rotary evaporator and the resulting green solid recrystallized several times from methanol/diethyl ether.
A dark green product (66 mg) was obtained (50%): W/vis 7~~R,nm (CH30H) 417, 476, 746; FAB MS (M+H)+ 836; HRMS
(M+H) +, 836.2886 (calc for C~IS1N506139La, 836.2903) .
Synthesis of 84T2 TBP:
1,2-Dihydrouy-~,5-dinitroben$ene. 8B, Fig. 8. In a dry 500 mL round bottom flask, 1,2-dimethoxy-4,5-dinitrobenzene (3.2 g, 0.12 mmol) 8A was stirred vigorously in 40 mL of glacial acetic acid at 30° C.
Once a homogeneous solution 200 mL of 48% HBr was added to the flask and the reaction was slowly heated to reflux. The reaction was complete as indicated by TLC
after 4 hours. The work up involved pouring the cooled solution into 800 mL of ice water and then extracting the aqueous phase with CHC13 (3 x 150 mL) in order to remove any organic impurities. The dinitro catechol was extracted out of the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL). The combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with water and brine (3 x 100 mL), then dried over MgS04 and concentrated to an orange residue.
Approximately 100 mL of dichloromethane was added to the residue and then placed in the freezer for several hours.
The light yellow needles that formed were filtered and washed with dichloromethane to yield 2.37 g of product (84%) . 1H NMFt (d6-acetone) : a 3.45 (OH) , 7.42 (Ar-H) ; 13C
NMR (d6-acetone): 6 112.44, 137.00, 149.97, EI MS M+ 200.
1,2-Bis(2,3-dihydrosypropylouy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene.
8C, Fig. 8. 1,2-Dihydroxy-4,5-dinitrobenzene 8B (5.0 g, 22 mmol) and 1-chloro-2,3-dihydroxypropane (12.1 g, 110 mmol) were refluxed for 48 hours in a solution of potassium hydroxide (4.4 g) in 1-butanol (100 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the dark residue was partitioned between 100 mL of THF and 100 mL of brine/50 mL water solution in a 500 mL separatory funnel.
The mixture was allowed to separate and the aqueous phase was extracted with THF (2 x 100 mL). The combined THF
extracts were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over MgS04 and concentrated to an oily residue. Here, CH2C12 was added very carefully to insure precipitation of the crude product. After stirring for 15 minutes, the suspension was filtered with a medium glass fritted funnel and air dried for several minutes. The orange solid was taken up in 120 mL of CHC13 and 80 mL of diethyl ether at reflux and hot filtered to remove some impurities. The crude product was dissolved in a mixture of acetone and methanol (sonication may be required), then 6 grams of deactivated silica gel was added to the orange solution. The slurry was concentrated to dryness and the orange solid was dried in vacuo for one hour.
The orange solid was loaded on a packed deactivated silica gel column. The column was eluted starting with neat CHC13 followed by CHC13 with increasing concentration of methanol (0-10%). After a bright yellow impurity (monoalkylated product) was removed a colorless product began to elute (using 8-10% methanol in CHC13 eluents).
Conversely, on TLC the product will elute faster than the bright yellow monoalkylated product. The purified dialkylated tetrahydroxy product can be recrystallized from acetone/diethyl ether to yield 2.60 grams (30%) of a light yellow fluffy solid. 1H NMR (d6-acetone): 6 2.95 (bs, 4H, OH), 3.69 (d, 4H, OCH2CH(OH)CH20H), 4.06 (p, 2H, OCH2CH_(OH)CH20H), 4.24-4.35 (m, 4H, OCH2CH(OH)CH20H), 7.72 (s, 2H, Ar-H); 13C NMR (d6-acetone): 6 63.55, 70.89, 72.53, 109.99, 137.22, 152.77. CI MS 349.
1,2-Diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy) ben$ene. 8D, Fig. 8. The diamine was obtained by reduction of the corresponding 1,2-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene ~~~~~e~J~ -58-(0.30 g, 0.86 mmol) with hydrazine hydrate (1 mL) and 10%
palladium on carbon (50 mg) in 40 mL refluxing absolute ethanol. The resulting brown suspension bubbled for approximately 15-20 minutes and then turned colorless after 1 hour. At this point the reduction was deemed complete as judged by TLC (Rf=0.63, 100% methanol). The reaction solution was hot filtered through celite into a dry flask, covered with aluminum foil, and then concentrated to a light yellowish oil. The diamine was l0 taken to the next step without further purification. For B4 diamine: 1H NMR (CD30D): d 3.54-3.58 (m, 4H, OCH2CH (OH) CH20H) , 3 . 8 0-3 . 85 (m, 6H, OCH2CH (OH) CH20H ) , 6 . 3 9 , (s, 2H, Ar-H); 13C NMR (CD30D): d 64.27, 71.88, 73.22, 107.61, 130.31, 143.74.
4,5-Diethyl-9,2 4-bis(3-hydroHypropyl)-16,17-bis((2,3- dihydrouy-propyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-i3,20,25,26,27-pentaasapentacyclo[20.2. i.13'6.1g~11.014,19]heptacosa-3, 5, 8,1 0,12,14(19),15,17,20,22,24-undecaene. [spa B4T2 T8P] 8F, Fig.8. 2,5-Bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol -2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole (336 mg, 0.70 mmol) and 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene (ca 223 mg, 0.77 mmol) were placed in a 1 L round bottom flask with 600 mL of toluene and 175 mL of methanol. The solvents were purged with nitrogen prior to use.
Concentrated HC1 (ca 3 drops) was added and the reaction heated to reflux under nitrogen. After one hour the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under reduced pressure until the dark brown product precipitated. The remainder of the solvent was decanted off and the product dried in vacuo. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Gadolinium (III) complex of 4,5-Diethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydrouy-propyl)-16,17-bis((2,3-dihydrogypropyl)ouy)-10,23-dimethy WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~j ~ PCT/US93/00107 113, 20, 25, 26, 27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2. i. i3~6. i8°11. 014,19]
heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,ii(27),12,14(i9),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene [GdB4T2Tgp]. 8G, Fig. 8. Two identical reactions containing a mixture of reduced B4T2 texaphyrin ligand, 4,5-Diethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25, 26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.1.
13,6. 18,11. 014,19~heptacosa-3, 5, 8, 10, 12,14 (19) ,15,17, 20, 22, 24 -undecaene, (0.75 g, 0.001 mol), gadolinium (III) acetate tetrahydrate (1.19 g, 0.003 mol), and triethylamine (ca 1 mL) were heated at reflux under air in 750 mL of absolute methanol. After heating for 17 hours the reactions were cooled slightly and air bubbled through the reaction mixture for several minutes. The reactions were then heated to reflux again. After heating for a total of 21 hours the reactions were cooled to room temperature, the solvent removed on a rotary evaporator, and the dark green products combined and dried in vacuo for several hours. The metal complex was dissolved into 100 mL of methanol and 6-8 grams of deactivated silica gel was added. (The silica gel was deactivated by adding a mixture of 6 mL water in 20 mL of methanol to 100 g of silica gel. After thorough mixing, the silica gel was allowed to air dry for 12 hours before bottling). The solvent was carefully removed on a rotary evaporator and the silica/complex mixture dried in vacuo for one hour.
The complex was loaded onto a prepacked column of deactivated silica gel (5 cm length x 3.5 cm diameter) and eluted with chloroform containing increasing amounts of methanol (0-80%). Fractions containing the complex were collected and concentrated to dryness. The green complex was further purified by recrystallization from methanol/anhydrous ethyl ether. 480 mg of product was obtained from the two combined reactions (25%). For the complex: W/vis, ~~R, nm (CH30H) 415, 474, 740; FAB MS
WO 93/14093 pCT/US93/001~"
2~.~75'3(1 -(M+H) + 887; HR MS (M+H) + 887.2977 (calc for C40H51 N5~8158Gd ~ 8 8 7 . 2 9 81 ) .
EXAMPL$ 6 Further derivatives of T~uaphprin.
Intermediates hydroxylated in various positions can be combined to effect the synthesis of a number of compounds. For example, the B4 TBP derivative is synthesized by reacting the intermediate compound 6E from Figure 6 with compound 8D of Figure 8. This constructs a molecule without hydroxyl groups on the tripyrrole moiety but with 4 hydroxyl groups on the benzene ring moiety.
The molecule T2 TgP is synthesized by reacting intermediate 7H in Fig. 7 with 4,5-dimethyl-1,2-phenylenediamine to yield a texaphyrin derivative with two hydroxyls on the tripyrrole portion of the molecule and no hydroxyl substituents on the benzene ring.
A heptahydroxylated target H4T3 TBP is obtained by using the appropriate derivative 3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrole of the pyrrole (structure 7B of Fig. 7) to make the trihydroxylated tripyrrole precursor which is then reacted with compound 8D of Fig. 8.
Figures 11-19 provide specific examples of how one skilled in the art could extend and refine the basic synthetic chemistry outlined in this application so as to produce other hydroxylated texaphyrins equivalent in basic utility to those specifically detailed in the examples. Figure il summarizes the synthesis of polyether-linked polyhydroxylated texaphyrins. Figure 12 summarizes the synthesis of catechol (i.e. benzene diol) texaphyrin derivatives bearing further hydroxyalkyl substituents off the tripyrrane-derived portion of the macrocycle. Figure 13 provides an example of a WO 93/14093 ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 2~~~~~~0 saccharide substituted texaphyrin in which the saccharide is appended via an acetal-like glycosidic linkage.
Figure 14 summarizes the synthesis of a doubly carboxylated texaphyrin system in which the carboxyl groups are linked to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers or functionalized alkyl substituents. The products of this scheme, compounds i4H and i4J could be converted to various esterified products wherein the ester linkages serve to append further hydroxyl-containing substituents.
Figure 15 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives via the use of secondary amide linkages. Figure 16 summarizes the synthesis of another set of polyhydroxyl substituted texaphyrin derivatives using similar amide bonds as in Figure 15. Figure 17 summarizes the synthesis of saccharide substituted texaphyrins, wherein the saccharide moieties are appended via amide bonds. Figure 18 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives containing branched polyhydroxyl (polyol) subunits appended to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers. Figure 19 summarizes how similar polyol subunits may be appended via ester linkages.
Characterisation of new derivatives.
New texaphyrin derivatives may be characterized fully using normal spectroscopic and analytical means, including, X-ray diffraction methods. A complete analysis of the optical properties may be made for new systems under a range of experimental conditions including conditions designed to approximate those in vivo. Detailed analyses, including triplet lifetime and singlet oxygen quantum yield determinations may be made.
The objective is to obtain a complete ground and excited state reactivity profile for each new texaphyrin produced. Questions such as when singlet oxygen production is maximized, how the quantum yield for its formation is influenced by the position of the lowest energy (Q-type) transition, whether aggregation is more prevalent in certain solvents or in the presence of certain biologically important components (e. g. lipids, proteins, etc.), and, finally, whether significant differences in in vitro optical properties are derived from the use of elaborated texaphyrins bearing cationic, anionic, or neutral substituents may be answered.
With newly prepared complexes, screening experiments are carried out. Standard in vitro protocols are used to evaluate the in vitro photo-killing ability of the texaphyrin derivatives in question. For instance, the texaphyrin complexes of choice may be administered in varying concentrations to a variety of cancerous cells and the rate of cell replication determined both in the presence and absence of light. Similarly, texaphyrin complexes of choice may be added to standard viral cultures and the rate of viral growth retardation determined in the presence and absence of light. A
variety of solubilizing carriers will be used to augment the solubility and/or monomeric nature of the texaphyrin photosensitizers and the effect, if any, that these carriers have in adjusting the biodistribution properties of the dyes will be assessed (using primarily fluorescence spectroscopy). Appropriate control experiments are carried out with normal cells so that the intrinsic dark and light toxicity of the texaphyrins may be determined.
From a generalized set of in vitro experimental procedures, a clear picture of the photodynamic capabilities of the texaphyrin derivatives will emerge.
Preliminary toxicity and stability information will result from the in vitro experiments. Particular questions of interest include the texaphyrin derivatives half life under physiological conditions, whether the nature of the central metal influences stability and whether the central cation is affecting cytotoxicity. As discussed in papers published by the present inventors,129 it is not possible to remove the larger bound cations (e.g. Cd2+ or Gd3+) by simple chemical means (Zn2+, however, appears to "fall out" with ease). Preliminary results indicate that the lanthanum(III)-containing texaphyrin complex is not appreciably cytotoxic.
Nonetheless, the question of intrinsic toxicity is one of such central importance that the cytotoxicity of all new systems should be screened in vitro and, where appropriate, further in vivo toxicity studies carried out.
Viral Inactivation by Tauaphyrin Macrocycles.
One aspect of the utility of the present invention is the use of complexes described herein for photon-induced deactivation of viruses and virally infected or potentially infected eucaryotic cells. The general photodeactivation method used in this example was developed by the Infectious Disease and Advanced Laser Applications Laboratories of the Baylor Research Foundation, Dallas, Texas and is a subject of U.S. patent 4,878,891 which is incorporated herein by reference.
The efficiency of some of the porphyrin-like macrocycles in photosensitized inactivation of Herpes Simplex Virus Type 1 (HSV-1) and of human lymphocytes and monocytes, both peripheral mononucleated vascular cells (PMC) and cellular hosts of HIV-1 has been initiated.
Previous studies of viral inactivation using the macrocyclic photosensitizers dihematoporphyrin ether (DHE) or hematoporphyrin derivative (HPD) have shown that with the porphyrins, only those viruses studied which are ~~~r~~ 3U -64-enveloped or possess a membraneous coat are inactivated.
The enveloped viruses studied include HSV-1, cytomegalovirus, measles virus133, and the human immunodeficiency virus HIV-1134.
The photosensitized inactivation of Herpes Simplex Virus, Type 1 (HSV-1) was investigated in culture medium using various macrocycles. Results are listed in Table 1.
Herpes Simplex Virus I Inactivation with Expanded Porphyrin Macrocycle Complexes*
Complex** Conc. (~.M) %Survival Viral Infectivity lC 20 12 2.5 20 0.25 100 5B(where M=Cd) 20 4 2.5 42 0.25 100 * All light irradiation at ~ max absorption and to give a light fluence of 10 J/cm2 ** Structural formulas in Figures 1 and 5.
The two cadmium-containing macrocycles (1~, 5B (where M is Cd)), at concentrations of 20 ~,M demonstrated ~ 90%
viral inactivation as judged by viral plaque assay.
WO 93/14093 ~ PCT/US93/00107 ~~ ~'~J,~ ~
The macrocycle photosensitizing studies employed enveloped HSV-1 as the model for screening based on its ease of propagation and assessment of infectivity in cell v culture. The screening procedure for photoinactivation of HSV-1 was similar to the methods previously described.135 Essentially, selected macrocycles at different concentrations were added to a cell-free suspension of 106 PFU/ml of HSV-1. The viral suspensions were irradiated at the optimal absorption wavelength of the selected dye at different light-energy densities.
Controls consisted of (1) nonirradiated virus, (2) virus irradiated in the absence of macrocycle, and (3) virus treated with selected concentrations of macrocycle and maintained in the dark. All samples were then assessed for viral infectivity by determining the number of PFU/ml in Vero cells.
Viral suspensions were serially diluted and subsequently absorbed onto Vero cell monolayers for 1 1/2 hours at 37°C. An overlay medium was added and the cells incubated at 37°C for 3-4 days. The overlay medium was then removed, the monolayers fixed with methanol and tinctured with Giemsa, and individual plaques counted under a dissecting microscope. Uninfected cell cultures also were exposed to the macrocycle complexes to rule out direct cytotoxic effects.
The inactivation of PMC~s in the absence and presence of light after exposure to concentrations of complex iC
a 30 in whole human plasma ranging from 0.015 to 38 ~.M is shown in Figures 9 and 10. Inactivation was judged by mitogenic assay. Toxicity onset with iC (see Figure 1) and 2H (M=Zn+ +, see Figure 2) in the absence of light was between 0.15 and 1.5 ~M (Figure 9). As shown by mitogenic assay in Figure 10, aerobic photosensitization of cells exposed to lC at 0.15 ~.M concentration and 20 joules/cm2 of 770 nm wavelength light caused significant inhibition of the cellular division of PMC's. Moderate increase in either photosensitizes concentration or light dosage is expected to result in essentially complete cellular inactivation.
Results indicate that the expanded porphyrin-like macrocycles should be efficient photosensitizers for free HIV-1 and infected mononuclear cells. Altering the polarity and electrical charges of side groups of these macrocycles is anticipated to alter the degree, rate, and perhaps sites) of binding to free enveloped viruses such as HIV-1 and to virally-infected peripheral mononuclear cells, thus modulating photosensitizes take-up and photosensitization of leukemia or lymphoma cells contaminating bone-marrow as well.
EgAMPLE 9 Antibody Conjugates Radioisotopes play a central role in the detection and treatment of neoplastic disorders. Improving their efficacy in medical applications involves attaching radioisotopes to tumor-directed monoclonal antibodies and their fragments. Radiolabeled antibodies could therefore serve as "magic bullets" and allow the direct transport of radioisotopes to neoplastic sites thus minimizing whole body exposure to radiation.17T1g7 The use of bifunctional metal chelating agents in radioimmunodiagnostics (RID) and therapy (RIT) is most closely related to the present invention.
Bifunctional metal chelating agents for use in antibody conjugate-based treatment and diagnostic applications must 1) have functional groups suitable for conjugation to the antibody, 2) form covalent linkages that are stable in vivo and which do not destroy the immunological competence of the antibody, 3) be WO 93/14093 ~ ~ c~ r~ -~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 ~,e r s~
relatively nontoxic, and 4) bind and retain the radiometal of interest under physiological conditions.187-191 The last of these conditions is particularly severe.
' The potential damage arising from "free" radioisotopes, released from the conjugate, can be very serious. On the other hand, only nanomole concentrations of isotopes, and hence ligand, are generally required for RID and RIT
applications, so that the concerns associated with intrinsic metal and/or free ligand toxicity are somewhat l0 relaxed.
For the purposes of imaging, an ideal isotope should be readily detectable by available monitoring techniques and induce a minimal radiation-based toxic response. In practice these and other necessary requirements implicate the use of a y-ray emitter in the 100 to 250 KeV range, which possesses a short effective half-life (biological and/or nuclear), decays to stable products, and, of course, is readily available under clinical conditions.178-180 To date, therefore, most attention has focused on 1311 (tl/2 = 193h) , 123I (t1~2 = 13h) , 99n'Tc (tl~ _ 6. 0 h) , 67Ga (tl/2 = 78h) , and 111In (t1~2 = 67 , 4h) which come closest to meeting these criteria.192 Each of these enjoys advantages and disadvantages with respect to antibody labeling for RID. 1311 and 1231, for instance, are easily conjugated to antibodies via electrophilic aromatic substitution of tyrosine residues,193 The metabolism of 1311 or 1231 labeled proteins, however, produces free radioactive iodide anion and as a result can lead to a fair concentration of radioactivity at sites other than those targeted by the antibody-derived "magic bullet" .193 The half-lives of both 1311 and 1231 are relatively inconvenient for optimal use, being too long and too short, respectively, and the fact that 1311 is also a ~ emitter.192 99n'Tc, 6~Ga, and 111In all suffer from the disadvantage that they cannot be bound directly to the antibody in a satisfactory fashion and require the use of a bifunctional conjugate. The chemistry of such systems is furthest advanced in the case of ~'~'Tc, and a number of effective ligands, are now available for the purpose of ~Tc administration.178-188,194 This radioisotope has a very short half-life which makes it technically very difficult to work with. Both 67Ga and 111In have longer half-lives and possess desirable emission energies. Both are "hard" cations with high charge density in their most common trivalent forms. No suitable ligands exist for either 111In3+ or 67Ga3+ which form stable nonlabile complexes and which might be suitable for radioimmunological applications. As described elsewhere herein texaphyrin forms a kinetically and hydrolytically stable complex with In3+. Such a ligand system may be elaborated and serve as the critical core of a bifunctional conjugate for use in 111In-based RID.
Many of the same considerations hold true for radioisotope-based therapy as do for radioisotope-based diagnostics: An ideal isotope must also be readily available under clinical conditions (i.e. from a simple decay-based generator),178 possess a reasonable half-life (i.e. on the order of 6 hours to 4 weeks), and decay to stable products. In addition, the radioisotope must provide good ionizing radiation (i.e. in the 300 KeV to 3 MeV range). A number of S emitters, including 1311, are currently receiving attention as possible candidates for RIT. Among the more promising, are 186Re (t1~2 = 90 h, ' 67Cu (t1~2 = 58. 5 h) , and ~Y (tl~z = 65 h) . Of these, ~Y
is currently considered the best,192,197 with an emission energy of 2.28 MeV, it is calculated to deliver roughly 3 to 4 times more energy (dose) to the tumor per nanomole than either 186Re or 67Cu. Good immuno-compatible chelands exist for only 186Re and 67Cu, the former may be ~:~~~1 ~~0 attached using the same ligands as were developed for 99n'Tc,194 and the latter via the rationally-designed activated porphyrins developed by Prof. Lavallee of Hunter College and the Los Alamos INC-11 team.191 Further benefits should be derived from a bifunctional conjugate which is capable of forming stable, nonlabile complexes with 90Y3+ (which cannot be done with porphyrins). The texaphyrin ligand of the present invention not only forms stable complexes with In3+ but also binds y3+
effectively. A texaphyrin-type bifunctional conjugate may be prepared for use in 111In-based RID and in 90Y-based RIT. Both 90Y and 111In could conceivably be attached to an antibody of choice using a functionalized texaphyrin. The Y3+ and In3+ complexes of texaphyrin are formed rapidly (insertion and oxidation times are less than 3 hours) from the methylene-linked reduced precursor, and are hydrolytically stable in 1:1 methanol-water mixtures (the half-lives for decomplexation and/or ligand decomposition exceed 3 weeks in both cases.
The hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin molecules of the present invention are especially suited for acting as bifunctional chelating agents in antibody conjugate-based treatment since they have functional groups suitable for conjugation to the antibody, they form covalent linkages that are stable in vivo which do not destroy the immunological competence of the antibody, they are relatively nontoxic, and they are readily soluble in a physiological environment. A further advantage of these soluble texaphyrins is that many of these would be suitable for further functionalization. Treatment of carboxylated texaphyrins with thionyl chloride or p-nitrophenol acetate would generate activated acyl species suitable for attachment to monoclonal antibodies or other biomolecules of interest. Standard in situ coupling methods (e.g. 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI)202) could be PCT/ US93/001 (~'' used to effect the conjugation. The ability to attach and deliver a potent photosensitizes directly to a tumor locus could have tremendous potential benefit in the treatment of neoplastic disorders. In addition, this approach will allow a variety of useful radioisotopes such as ~Y and 111In to be attached to a monoclonal antibody.
The hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin molecules of the present invention are also suited for delivering radioactivity to a tumor on their own since they chelate radioisotopes and have intrinsic biolocalization selectivity.
Magnetic resonance Imagiag Enhancement, Imaging with B2T2 in vivo.
In many respects the key to cancer control lies in early detection and diagnosis as it does in subsequent therapeutic management. New techniques which allow neoplastic tissue to be observed and recognized at an early stage of development thus have a critical role to play in the battle against these disorders. One such promising technique is magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).1~1~ Although quite new, this noninvasive, apparently innocuous method, is now firmly entrenched as a diagnostic tool of prime importance, complementing or, in some cases, supplanting computer assisted X-ray tomography as the method of choice for solid tumor detection.
The physical basis of current l~tI methods has its origin in the fact that in a strong magnetic field the nuclear spins of water protons in different tissues relax back to equilibrium at different rates. When these local, tissue-dependent relaxation differences are large, WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 tissue differentiation can be effected. Paramagnetic compounds, containing one or more unpaired spins, enhance the relaxation rates for the water protons in which they are dissolved.141 The extent of this enhancement is termed relaxivity. At present, only one paramagnetic MRI
contrast agent is in clinical use, the bis(N-methyl-glucamine) salt of Gd(III) diethylenetriaminepentaacetate, (MEG)2[Gd(DTPA)(H20)]
(c. f. structure 10)1-153 marketed by Berlex Laboratories.
This dianionic complex localizes selectively in extracellular regions, and is being used primarily in the visualization of the capillary lesions associated with cerebral tumors.1~148 Considerable effort has been devoted to the development of new potential MRI contrast agents.156 Most of this work has centered around preparing new complexes of Gd ( III ) .156'164,171-172 The emphasis on Gd ( III ) salts stems from the fact that this cation, with 7 unpaired f-electrons, has a higher magnetic moment than other paramagnetic cations such as Fe(III) and Mn(II),139-140 Thus complexes of Gd(III) would be expected to be superior relaxation agents than those derived from Mn(II) or Fe(III). In addition, both iron and, to a lesser extent, manganese are sequestered and stored very efficiently in humans (and many other organisms) by a variety of specialized metal-binding systems.173 Moreover both iron and manganese are capable of existing in a range of oxidation states and are known to catalyze a variety of deleterious Fenton-type free-radical reactions.174 Gadolinium(III), which suffers from neither of these deficiencies, thus appears to offer many advantages. As is true for Fe(III) and Mn(II), the aqueous solution of Gd(III) is too toxic to be used directly for MRI imaging at the 0.01 to 1 mM
concentrat ions required f or ef f ect ive enhancement .139,140 2I2~~~fl Hence the emphasis is on developing new agents which, as is true for DTPA, form hydrolytically stable complexes in vivo with Gd(III) and/or other paramagnetic cations. A
number of such ligands, including the very promising DOTA156-162 and EHPG163,164 systems, are now known (c. f .
reference 140 for an extensive review). In almost all cases, however, reliance is made on the same basic philosophical approach. Specifically, for Gd(III) binding, carboxylates, phenolates, and/or other anionic chelating groups are being used to generate intrinsically labile complexes of high thermodynamic stability in the hope that such high thermodynamic stability will translate into a kinetic stability that is sufficient for in vivo applications. Little effort is currently being devoted to the preparation of nonlabile Gd(III) complexes that would in and of themselves enjoy a high kinetic stability. The problem seems to be quite simply that such systems are hard to make. For instance, unlike the transition metal cations which are bound well to porphyries (a synthetically versatile ligand which is readily subject to modification and which, at least for [Mn ( III ) TPPS ] 138, and other water soluble analogues,165-169 shows good relaxivity and good tumor localizing properties), Gd(III) forms only weak and/or hydrolytically unstable complexes with porphyrins,165c,169,175 although other simple macrocyclic amine- and imine-derived ligands171,172,176 will support stable complexes with certain members of the lanthanide series and do show some promise, as yet unrealized, of acting as supporting chelands for Gd(III)-based MRI
applications.
According to the present invention nonlabile Gd(III) complexes of hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins prove to be useful contrast agents for MRI applications. Hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins are capable of stabilizing complexes with a variety of di- and trivalent cations, including Cd2+ , Hg2+ ~ Lu+3 ~ Gd+3 ~ and La+3 . Such complexes are particularly soluble in physiological environments.
liagnetic Reaonaace Imaging with H2T2 in vivo The T282 gadolinium complex showed low toxicity and good tissue selectivity in magnetic resonance imaging enhancement.
Imaging: Scanning was performed using a circumferential transmit/receive coil (Medical Advances, Milwaukee, WI) in the bore of a 1.5 Tesla'~'~Signa scanner (GE Medical Systems, Milwaukee, WI). Normal male Sprague-Dawley rats (n=5) weighing from 280-320 grams and rats bearing subcutaneously implanted methylcholanthrene-induced fibrosarcomas in their left flanks (n=4) were studied. Tumor size at the time of the study ranged from 2.5 to 3.5 cm in widest diameter. The rats were 2o anesthetized with 90 mg/kg of ketamine (Vetalar, Aveco Corporation, Fort Dodge, IO) and 10 mg/kg of xylazine (Rompun, Mobay Corporation, Shawnee, KS) intraperitoneally. Following the insertion of an intravenous catheter in the tail vein, each animal was placed in supine (normal rats) or prone (tumor-bearing rats) position in the center of the coil. Coronal and axial T1 weighted images were obtained of each animal using a spin echo pulse sequence with the following parameters: TR 300 cosec, TE 15 cosec, slice thickness 5 mm, matrix 128 x 256, field of view 10 cm, 4 excitations and no phase wrap. Next, 17 umol/kg of the Gd(III)texaphyrin complex dissolved in normal saline was infused at a rate of 0.25 ml/min intravenously and repeat images were obtained at 10-15 minutes post contrast. One tumor-bearing rat was studied at 6 and 28 hours post-contrast. All tuning parameters and the rats' positions were kept identical in the pre and post contrast scans.
W093/14093~~~r~~L~~
1 ' J U PCT/US93/00107 Image Analysis: Operator defined regions of interest (ROI) measurements were made on axial slices of all pre and 10-15 minutes post contrast studies. Regions in which measurements were made included the right lobes of the livers and the whole kidneys in the normal rats and the whole tumor in tumor-bearing rats. In addition, large ROI's of background air were measured for standardization purposes. Standardized signal intensities (SSI) were calculated as follows: signal intensity (SI) of organ/ SI air. An unpaired Student s t test was used to compare pre contrast and post contrast SSIs.
Touicity: At 24 hours, there were no deaths in the mice injected i.p. although those receiving the highest dose (312.5 umol/kg) appeared lethargic. Autopsies of two mice from each dosage group revealed some edema and pallor of the liver and kidneys in the two groups receiving the highest doses (312.5 and 156.3 umol/kg).
Autopsies from the remaining groups were normal. At 48 hours, the remaining mice (n=3 in each dosage group) in the two highest dosage groups died. The animals in the three lower dosage groups demonstrated no morbidity.
There was no mortality or evidence of morbidity in the rats during the month of observation after scanning.
$ahancament: Liver SSI increased by 81.7% (p <
0.001), kidney by 114.9% (p < 0.001) and tumor by 49.7%
(p < 0.02) from pre to 10-15 minutes post contrast.
There was no significant difference in enhancement between the right and left lobe of the liver and between the two kidneys. Pre contrast, tumor parenchyma appeared homogeneous and of an intensity similar to adjacent muscle. Post contrast, tumor tissue demonstrated a mottled pattern of enhancement and was easily distinguished from adjacent tissues. The MRI appearance reflected the heterogeneous appearance of the tumor 2~~~~
grossly which consists of necrotic tissue surrounded by viable stroma. In addition, in the one animal studied at 6 and 28 hours post contrast, there was visible tumor enhancement throughout the study period. The pattern of enhancement, however, changed over time, with enhancement starting at the edges of the tumor initially and including the center by 28 hours.
These results show that the T2B2 gadolinium complex is an hepatic, renal and tumor-specific contrast agent.
The agent was found to have relatively low toxicity in rodents. Intravenous administration resulted in statistically significant hepatic, renal and tumor enhancement in rats within 10-15 minutes with persistence of tumor enhancement for up to 28 hours. The early enhancement of tumor edges may represent contrast localization in areas of viable tumor. The later appearance of the tumor probably was caused by passive diffusion of some of the agent into central necrotic areas. It is unclear whether a selective transport or passive diffusion mechanism is responsible for initial tumor enhancement with GD(III)texaphyrin and whether intracellular binding to peripheral-type benzodiazepene receptors occurs. The tumor could be differentiated from adjacent tissues for up to 28 hours.
The chemical properties of this texaphyrin class of macrocyclic ligands can be varied by peripheral substitution, which would allow biological properties to be optimized in terms of biodistribution, pharmacokinetics and toxicity.
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Atheroma.
The gadolinium complex of B2T2 [4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-~~Z l ~i~
pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 .18~ 11. 014,19 ] heptacosa-1, 3 , 5 , 7 9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene] shOWs accumulation in human cadaveric aorta. Two aortas obtained from autopsies were examined using magnetic resonance imaging before and after incubation in vitro for 15 minutes with the gadolinium complex of B2T2.
Selective labeling of the endothelial cell surface and atheromas plaque relative to surrounding tissue was observed. These data indicate that the Gd(III)B2T2 complex has utility in the non-invasive imaging of atheroma.
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Opper GI Tract.
The gadolinium complex of B2T2 [4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20. 2 .1.13'6. ig~ll. 014,19~heptacosa-1, 3, 5, 7 9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene] shows accumulation in the upper GI tract, especially the stomach, as determined by magnetic resonance imaging.
Photodynamic Therapy, In vitro and In vivo Experiments In vitro data and experiments. The lanthanum complex of B2T2 [4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyc to [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6.1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa-1, 3 , 5 , 7,9,i1(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene]
(LaB2T2) was used at concentrations of 5.0, 1.0 or 0.1 micromolar in tissue culture medium. The murine mammary carcinoma cell line designated EMT-6 was cultured in medium containing LaB2T2 for 1 hour or 3 hours in the dark. Experimental cultures were irradiated with 10 Joules/cm2 using an arc lamp with a 750 nanometer band pass filter. Cell survival was measured using a cell '~1w7 ~_~~
_77_ cloning assay. There was no dark toxicity indicating that LaB2T2 had no direct toxicity to the cells.
Cultures which were irradiated with the visible red light ' showed viabilities of 3%, 50% and 100% for concentrations of LaB2T2 of 5.0, 1.0 and 0.1 micromolar respectively.
The results were similar for 1 and 3 hour incubation periods. The results established that LaB2T2 was phototoxic to these tumor cells in vitro.
In vivo euperiments. Murine adenocarcinoma cells were inoculated into both flanks of Balb/c mice. Four days later, palpable tumor masses were present on both flanks of the mice. Ten mg/kg of lutetium B2T2 (LuB2T2) in aqueous solution was injected IV. Seven hours later, one tumor mass was irradiated with 500 Joules of Argon laser light at 746 nanometers. The unirradiated tumor served as a control. Animals were monitored daily and tumor measurements were made using calipers. Following a single treatment, 65% cell kill was estimated based on the reduction in size of the treated tumors. No phototoxicity of skin or normal tissues surrounding the tumors was observed indicating relatively selective uptake of the LuB2T2 in the tumors. This experiment established the in vivo photodynamic activity of LuB2T2 in vivo.
The hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins can be conjugated to biological molecules, especially proteins of molecular weight greater than about 20,000 daltons, e.g. albumin and gamma globulin, in order to slow their clearance by the kidneys. A prolonged presence of these complexes in tissue may be desirable for photoirradiation purposes.
The conjugation would be accomplished as described in Example 9 for antibody conjugates.
~~~'~a~ -~s-Hydrosy-substituted Tesaphyrins in Magnetic Resonance Imaging followed by Photodynamic Therapy for Tumor Destruction This example describes a use of the present invention of hydroxy substituted texaphyrins in the destruction of tumor tissue. A detectable metal complex of a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog retaining lipophilicity, said complex exhibiting selective biolocalization in benign or malignant tumor cells relative to surrounding tissue is administered as a first agent to a host harboring benign or malignant tumor cells. Localization sites in the host are determined by reference to the detectable metal. A
water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity and having essentially identical biolocalization property and exhibiting the ability to generate singlet oxygen upon exposure to light will be administered as a second agent. The second agent is photoirradiated in proximity to the benign or malignant tumor cells, as is using fiber optics, to cause tumor tissue destruction from the singlet oxygen produced. The water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog retaining lipophilicity is a hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin although one skilled in the art can see from the foregoing that substituted sapphyrins, pentaphyrins or other macrocyclic ligands capable of chelating a metal, soluble in aqueous fluids and localizing in a lipid rich environment may be of particular value. The detectable metal in the first agent is a paramagnetic metal, preferably Gd(III) or a gamma emitting metal. The localization sites are determined using MRI when a paramagnetic metal is used and gamma body scanning when a gamma emitting metal is used. The detectable metal in the second agent is a t WO 93/14093 PCT/(JS93/00107 r diamagnetic metal, preferably La(III), Lu(III) or In(III). Texaphyrin-metal complexes will be chosen which themselves show a high intrinsic biolocalization selectivity for tumors or neoplastic tissues. For example, the B2T2 Gd(III) complex demonstrates in vivo affinity for tissue high in lipid content, atheroma, the liver, kidneys and tumors. When appropriately followed by fiber optic photodynamic therapy, cells in the atheroma or tumor can be deactivated.
The hydroxy substituted diamagnetic texaphyrin complexes are good candidates for such biomedical photosensitizers. They are easily available, have low intrinsic cytotoxicity, long wavelength absorption, generate singlet oxygen, are soluble in physiological environments, have the ability to be conjugated to site specific transport molecules, have quick elimination, are stable and are easily subject to synthetic modification.
c~ ~~ ~ ~ a REFERENCEB
1. "The Porphyrins"; Dolphin, D., Ed.; Academic Press:
New York, 1978-1979; Vols. I-VII.
2. "Superphthalocyanine", a pentaaza aromatic phthalocyanine-like system was prepared by a uranyl-medicated condensation; it is not obtainable as the free-l0 base or in other metal-containing forms: (a) Day, V. W.;
Marks, T. J.; Wachter, W. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 4519-4527. (b) Marks, T. J.; Stojakovic, D. R. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 1695-1705. (c) Cuellar, E. A.;
Marks, T. J. Inorg. Chem: 1981, 20, 3766-3770.
3. Bauer, V. J.; Clive, D. R.; Dolphin, D.; Paine, J. B.
III; Harris, F. L.; King, M. M.; Loder, J.; Wang, S.-W.
C.; Woodward, R. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1983, 105, 6429-6436. To date only tetracoordinated metal complexes have been prepared from these potentially pentadentate ligands.
4. For an example of a porphyrin-like system with a smaller central cavity, see: (a) Vogel, E; Kocher, M.;
Schmickler, H.; Lex, J. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 262-263;
Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1986, 25, 257-258. (b) VOgel, E.; BalCl, M.; Pramod, K., KOCh, P.; LEX, J.;
Ermer, O. Angew. Chem. 1987, 26, 928-931; Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1987, 26, 928-931.
5. Mertes et al. have recently characterized a five-coordinate copper complex of an elegant (but nonaromatic) porphyrin-like "accordion" ligand derived from dipyrromethines: (a) Acholla, F. V.; Mertes, K. B.
Tetrahedron Lett. 1984, 3269-3270. (b) Acholla, F. V.;
Takusagawa, F.; Mertes, K. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 6902-6908. Four-coordinate copper complexes of other WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 nonaromatic pyrrole-containing macrocycles have also been prepared recently: Adams, H.; Bailey, N. A.; Fenton, D.
A.; Moss, S.; Rodriguez de Barbarin, C. O.; Jones, G. J.
' Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1986, 693-699; Fenton, D. E.;
Moody, R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1987, 219-220.
6. Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R; Johnson, A. W. J. Chem.
Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1972, 2111-2116.
7. (a) Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R.; Johnson, A. W. J.
Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1969, 23-24. Broadhurst, M.
J.; Grigg, R.; Johnson, A. W. J. Chem. Soc., Chem.
Commun. 1969, 1480-1482. Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R.;
Johnson, A. W. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1970, 807-809.
8. (a) Berger, R. A.; LeGoff, E. Tetrahedron Lett. 1978, 4225-4228. (b) LeGoff. E.; Weaver, O. G. J. Org. Chem.
1987, 710-711.
9. (a) Rexhausen, H.; Gossauer, A. J. Chem. Soc. Chem.
Commun. 1983, 275. (b) Gossauer, A. Bull. Soc. Chim.
Belg. 1983, 92, 793-795.
10. Gosmann, M.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 1107-1108; Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1986, 25, 1100-1101.
11. The systematic name for compounds 2 is 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.1.13~6.1g~11.014,19~heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,11(27),12,14,16,18,20,22(25),23-tridecaene.
12. Nonaromatic planar pentadentate pyridine-derived ligands are known. See, for instance: (a) Curtis, N. F.
In Coordination Chemistry of Macrocyclic Compounds;
Melson, G. A., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1979; Chapter 4.
(b) Nelson, S. M. Pure Appl. Chem. 1980, 52, 2461-2476.
WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/OOlO~
(c) Ansell, C. W. G.; Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R.; Ramsden, J. N.; Schroder, M. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1982, 546-547. (d) Lewis, J.; O'Donoghue, T. D.; Raithby, P. R.
J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1980, 1383-1389. (e) Constable, E. C.; Chung, L.-Y.; Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R.
J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1986, 1719-1720. (f) Constable, E. C.; Holmes, J. M.; McQueen, R. C. S. J.
Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1987, 5-8.
13. (a) Sessler, J. L.; Johnson, M. R.; Lynch, V. J.
Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4394-4397. (b) Sessler, J. L.;
Murai, T.; Lynch, V.; Cyr, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 5586-5588.
14. Sessler, J. L.; Johnson, M. R.; Lynch, V.; Murai, T.
J. Coord. Chem., 1988, 18, 99-104 15. Satisfactory spectroscopic, mass spectrometric, and/or analytical data were obtained for all new compounds.
16. OEP = octaethylporphyrin and TPP =
tetraphenylporphyrin; the prefixes H2 and Cd refer to the free-base and cadmium(II) forms, respectively; pyr =
pyridine.
17. (a) Scheer, H.; Katz, J. J. In Porphyries and Metalloporphyrins; Smith, K., Ed.; Elsevier: Amsterdam, 1975; Chapter 10. (b) Janson, T. R.; Katz, J. J.; in ref.
1, Vol. IV, Chapter 1.
18. Gouterman, M., in ref. 1, Vol. III, Chapter 1.
N+
to R~ R~
R2 ~ n _I_ / N ~ R s N-M i \ N \ Rs wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; N
is an integer between -20 and +2; R1, R2, R3, and R4 are independently ~nH2n+1 where n is a positive integer; and RS is hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, oxyhydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where RS has at least one hydroxy substituent, and the molecular weight ' 30 of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons.
R~ R4 2:~~7~30 -Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has hydroxyl groups only in the T portion of the molecule and has the structure:
N+
io R2 / n ~ N ~ Rs N-M
i5 R3 ~ ~. ~ N \ Rs wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; N
is an integer between -20 and +2; R1, R2, R3, and R4 are independently hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, oxyhydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; and RS is H or CnH2n+1% where at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 has at least one hydroxy substituent, the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons, and n is a positive integer.
R~ R~
~~~7~~U
-i7-Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has hydroxyl groups in both the B and T
portions of the molecule and has the structure:
N;
R~ R4 to 'NI
R2 ~ ~ / N i w N-M w R3 ~ \ N Rs N J
R~ R~
wherein M is H, a divalent or a trivalent metal cation; N
is an integer between -20 and +2; R1, R2, R3, R4, and RS are independently H, OH, CnH(Zn+1)Oy or OCnH(2n+ 1)Oy % where at least one of R1, R2 , R3, and R4 has at least one hydroxy substituent, R5 has at least one hydroxy substituent, the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons, n is a positive integer or zero, and y is zero or a positive integer less than or equal to (2n+1).
In the above described metallic complexes M may be a divalent metallic cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2, Cd+2, Hg+2~
Sm+2 and UOZ+2, and N is 1. When M is a trivalent metal ~~~~~~a -lg-cation, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, Y+3 ~ In+3 ~ Pr+3 ~ Nd+3 Sm+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, ~+3 ~ Yb+3 ~ Lu+3 ~ La+3 ~ and U+3; and N is 2 . Most preferred trivalent metal ions are In+3, Gd +3, La +3, or ., Lu+3 and N is +2.
A preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity of this invention has been prepared as one having the structure with the trivial name B2 (See Fig.
6) i5 N t ' N
~ ~ N OOH
\ ~N-M~ ~
N OOH
N_ wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
2~~r~~~Q
_19_ Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name T2:
OH Nf to i 30 wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
d Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B2T2 or T2B2:
OH ~ Na to ~ OOH
OOH
OH
wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
~.2'~~ ~0 Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B4:
N+
N
~ NI ~ OOH
N - M I OH
~ I ~ N ~ 0'~OH
N~~ OH
wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B4T2 or T2B4: N+
OH
I
w 0 O OH
i 0 O OH
OH
~~~~~~e~~
wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
Another preferred water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity has the structure with the trivial name B4T3 or T3B4:
to OH ~ N' 0 o OH
i OH
30 wherein M is H, a divalent or trivalent metal cation, and N is 0, 1 or 2. Particularly preferred metal cations are Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, or In+3, and N is 2.
In the above described preferred compounds M may be a divalent metallic cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2, Cd+2, Hg+2~
Sm+2 and U02+2, and N is 1. When M is a trivalent metal 3~~
cation, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3 ~ Y+3 ~ In+3 ~ pr+3 ~ Nd+3 Sm+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, ~+3~ Yb+3~ Lu+3~ La+3~ and U+3; and N is 2. Most preferred trivalent metal ions are In+3, Gd +3, La+3, or Lu+3 and N is +2.
By combining various substituted intermediates, one skilled in the art can see how a large variety of hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins could be synthesized.
Water soluble means soluble in aqueous fluids to about 1 mM or better. Retaining lipophilicity means having greater affinity for lipid rich tissues or materials than surrounding nonlipid rich tissues or materials and in the case of viruses in suspension means affinity for the membraneous coat of the virus. Lipid rich means having a greater amount of triglyceride, cholesterol, fatty acids or the like. Hydroxyalkyl means alkyl groups having hydroxyl groups attached. Oxyalkyl means alkyl groups attached to an oxygen. Oxyhydroxyalkyl means alkyl groups having ether or ester linkages, hydroxyl groups, substituted hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, substituted carboxyl groups or the like. Saccharide includes oxidized, reduced or substituted saccharide.
Carboxyamidealkyl means alkyl groups with hydroxyl groups, secondary or tertiary amide linkages or the like.
Carboxyalkyl means alkyl groups having hydroxyl groups, carboxyl or amide substituted ethers, ester linkages, tertiary amide linkages removed from the ether or the like.
4 A method for the synthesis of an aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent is an aspect of the present invention. By aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog we mean texaphyrin. This method comprises synthesizing a diformyltripyrrole having 2~2'~530 struc ure A; condensing said tripyrrole with an orthophenylenediamine having structure B:
R4 Rt R~ RZ Rt R~
/ ~ / ~ / ~ HZN ~ R5 H
H N~N~N H N ~ R 5 A B
where R1, R2, R3, R4, and RS are independently H, OH, alkyl, oxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxyamidealkyl or oxyhydroxyalkyl and where at least one of R1, R2, Rg, R4, and RS has at least one hydroxy substituent and where the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4, or RS is less than or equal to about 1000 daltons; and oxidizing the condensation product to form an aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent. A
preferred diformyltripyrrole is 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxyalkyl-4-alkylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-dialkylpyrrole or 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole, (7g, Fig.
7); or 2,5-bis((3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole (6E, Fig. 6).
A preferred "B" portion of these molecules is synthesized from phenylenediamine or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis(oxyhydroxyalkyl)benzene or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((3'-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene, (6D, Fig. 6), or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene, (8D, Fig. 8).
Said condensation product is mixed in an organic solvent with a trivalent metal salt, a Bronsted base and an oxidant; and stirred at ambient temperature or heated at reflux for at least 2-24 hours to form an aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent. A preferred Bronsted base is triethylamine; preferred oxidants are air, oxygen, platinum oxide, and 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone and preferred organic solvents are methanol and chloroform or methanol and benzene.
The metal complexes may be associated with, depending on the metal, anywhere from 0-6 apical ligands about the encapsulated metal center. The ligands are typically some combination of acetate, chloride, nitrate, hydroxide, water, or methanol and when bound, are not readily dissociable.
The present invention involves a method of deactivating retroviruses and enveloped viruses in an aqueous fluid. Aqueous fluid may be biological fluids, blood, plasma, edema tissue fluids, ex vivo fluids for injection into body cavities, cell culture media, supernatant solutions from cell cultures and the like.
This method comprises adding a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex retaining lipophilicity to said aqueous fluid and exposing the mixture to light to effect the formation of singlet oxygen. Preferred metals are diamagnetic metals and a preferred metal complex is the Lu, La or In complex of B2T2.
A method of light-induced singlet oxygen production is an aspect of the present invention. The method comprises the use of a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complex retaining lipophilicity and having intrinsic biolocalization selectivity as a photosensitizes.
Preferred metals are diamagnetic metals and a preferred metal complex is the Lu, La, or In complex of B2T2.
212'~~~~
Intrinsic biolocalization selectivity means having an inherently greater affinity for certain tissues relative to surrounding tissues.
A method of enhancement of relaxivity comprising the administration of a paramagnetic metal ion (such as gadolinium, for example) complexed with a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog retaining lipophilicity is an aspect of the present invention. A preferred complex is the Gd complex of B2T2.
A method of treating a host harboring atheroma or benign or malignant tumor cells is an aspect of the present invention. The method comprises the administration to a host as a first agent, a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity, said complex exhibiting selective biolocalization in such atheroma or tumor cells relative to surrounding tissue; determining localization sites in the host by reference to such detectable metal, followed by the administration to the host as a second agent a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity and having essentially identical biolocalization property and exhibiting the ability to generate singlet oxygen upon exposure to light; and photoirradiating the second agent in proximity to said atheroma or tumor cells. The first agent is further defined as being a paramagnetic metal complex, said paramagnetic metal serving as said detectable metal.
In this case, the determination of localization sites occurs by magnetic resonance imaging and the second agent is a diamagnetic metal complex. The paramagnetic metal is most preferably Gd(III) and the diamagnetic metal is most preferably La(III), Lu(III) or In(III). A variation -2~~.~'~"~~a of this method uses as a first agent, a gamma emitting radioisotope as the detectable-metal complex, said gamma emitting radioisotope serving as said detectable metal;
determination of localization sites occurs by gamma body scanning and is followed by photoirradiating the second agent as described above. A preferred first agent is the Gd complex of B2T2, 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6.1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa-1, 3 , 5 , 7 9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene and a preferred second agent is the Lu, La or In complex of B2T2. Detectable as used herein means that the location may be found by localization means such as magnetic resonance imaging if the metal is paramagnetic or gamma ray detection if the metal is gamma emitting or using monochromatic X-ray photon sources. Selective biolocalization means having an inherently greater affinity for certain tissues relative to surrounding tissues. Essentially identical biolocalization property means the second agent is a texaphyrin derivative having about the same selective targeting characteristics in tissue as demonstrated by the first agent:
Another aspect of this invention is a method of imaging atheroma in a host comprising the administration to the host as an agent a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity, said complex exhibiting selective biolocalization in such atheroma; and imaging the atheroma in the host by reference to such detectable metal. The agent is preferably a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-paramagnetic metal complex retaining lipophilicity, said paramagnetic metal serving as said detectable metal; amd imaging of the atheroma occurs by magnetic resonance imaging. The '~ 'a paramagnetic metal is preferably Gd(III). The agent is preferably the Gd complex of B2T2, 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.1.13'6.1g~11.014,19~heptacosa-1,3,5, 7,9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene.
In these methods of use, by water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin l0 analog retaining lipophilicity we mean water soluble texaphyrins retaining lipophilicity, however, one skilled in the art would recognize that water soluble hydroxy substituted sapphyrin metal complexes may be used in methods for generating singlet oxygen. Sapphyrins compounds are disclosed in patent applications SN 454,298 and 454,301 which are incorporated by reference herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows a schematic representation of the reduced (lA) and oxidized (1B) forms of the free-base "texaphyrin" and a representative five coordinate cadmium complex (iC) derived from this "expanded porphyrin".
Figure 2 schematically summarizes the synthesis of texaphyrin (2G also designated iB in Fig. 1).
Figure 3 shows 1H NMR spectrum of iC~N03 in CDC13.
The signals at 1.5 and 7.26 ppm represent residual water and solvent peaks respectively.
Figure 4 shows a W-visible spectrum of iC~N03 1.50 x 10-5 M in CHC13.
WO 93/14093 s~ PCT/US93/00107 Figure 5 shows metal complexes and derivatives (SA-5E) of compounds of the parent patent application.
Figure 6 schematically summarizes the synthesis of B2TXP, 6F and [Lu82TXP]2+,6G, compounds of the present invention. Compounds 6D and 6E are claimed as intermediates in the synthesis of B2TXP in the present invention.
Figure 7 schematically summarizes the synthesis of 82T2TXP(7J), [Gd B2T2 TXP]2+ (7K), [Lu B2T2 TXP]2+ (7L), and [La 82T2 TXP]2+ (7M), compounds of the present invention. Other trivalent metal complexes analogous to those shown can be prepared including that of In(III).
Compound 7H is claimed as an intermediate in the synthesis of B2T2TXP in the present invention.
Figure 8 schematically summarizes the synthesis of B4T2TXP(8F) and [Gd B4T2 TXP]2+ (8G), compounds of the present invention. Compound 8D is claimed as an intermediate in the synthesis of B~T2TXP in the present invention.
Figure 9 shows mononuclear cell killing by complexes 2H(M=Zn+2) and iC without irradiation. Cell kill was determined by [3H]-Thy uptake after phytohemagglutinin (PHA) stimulation.
Figure 10 shows mononuclear cell killing by 1 ~,g/ml complex iC and irradiation. Cell kill was determined by [3H]-Thy uptake after PHA stimulation.
Figure 11 summarizes the synthesis of polyether-linked polyhydroxylated texaphyrins. Ts is a tosyl group.
~1~~~J~ -30-Figure 12 summarizes the synthesis of catechol (i.e.
benzene diol) texaphyrin derivatives bearing further hydroxyalkyl substituents off the tripyrrane-derived portion of the macrocycle.
Figure 13 provides an example of a saccharide -substituted texaphyrin in which the saccharide is appended via an acetal-like glycosidic linkage. Triflate is trifluoromethanesulfonate.
Figure 14 summarizes the synthesis of a doubly carboxylated texaphyrin system in which the carboxyl groups are linked to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers or functionalized alkyl substituents. The products of this scheme, compounds 14H and 14J could be converted on to various esterified products wherein the ester linkages serve to append further hydroxyl-containing substituents.
Figure 15 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives via the use of secondary amide linkages. DCC is dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, DMF is dimethylformamide, and DME is dimethoxyethane.
Figure 16 summarizes the synthesis of another set of polyhydroxyl substituted texaphyrin derivatives using similar amide bonds as in Figure 15.
Figure 17 summarizes the synthesis of saccharide substituted texaphyrins, wherein the saccharide moieties are appended via amide bonds.
Figure 18 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives containing branched polyhydroxyl (polyol) subunits appended to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 Figure 19 summarizes how similar polyol subunits may be appended via ester linkages.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
The present invention involves the synthesis and utility of novel water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog metal complexes retaining lipophilicity, in particular, hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin metal complexes. The presence in this structure of a near circular pentadentate binding core which is roughly 20% larger than that of the porphyrins, coupled with the realization that almost identical ionic radii pertain for hexacoordinate Cd2+ (r = 0.92 ~) and Gd3+ (r = 0.94 prompted exploration of the general lanthanide binding properties of this monoanionic porphyrin-like ligand.
The synthesis and characterization of a water-stable gadolinium (III) complex derived formally from a 16,17-dimethyl substituted analogue of the original "expanded porphyrin" system is described, as well as the preparation and characterization of the corresponding europium(III) and samarium(III) complexes.
The aromatic "texaphyrin" system described herein provides an important complement to the existing rich coordination chemistry of porphyries. For instance, by using methods similar to those described, zinc(II), manganese(II), mercury(II), Iron(III), neodymium(III), samarium(III), gadolinium(III), lutetium(III), indium(III), and lanthanum(III) complexes have been prepared and characterized.
The present invention involves hydroxy substituted derivatives of texaphyrin, and the synthesis and characterization thereof. The introduction of hydroxy WO 93/ 14093 ~ ~ ~ '"~
PCT/US93/001 ~
substituents on the B (benzene ring) portion of the molecule is accomplished by their attachment to phenylenediamine in the 4 and 5 positions of the molecule. The introduction of hydroxy substituents on the T (tripyrrole) portion of the molecule is accomplished by appropriate functionalization of the -alkyl substituents in the 3 and/or 4 positions of the pyrrole rings at a synthetic step prior to condensation with the substituted phenylenediamine. Most preferred derivatizations introduce substituents at the R1 and R2 sites of the diformyltripyrrole (A, pg 23) and at the RS
sites of the orthophenylenediamine (B, pg 23). Standard deprotection methodology such as ester hydrolysis may be used to unmask the free hydroxyl substituents. These derivatives exhibit significant solubility in aqueous media, up to 1 mM or better, yet they retain affinity for lipid rich regions which allows them to be useful in a biological environment.
The photophysical properties of the tripyrroledimethine-derived "expanded porphyrins" are reported; these compounds show strong low energy optical absorptions in the 690-880 nm spectral range as well as a high triplet quantum yield, and act as efficient photosensitizers for the production of singlet oxygen, for example, in methanol solution.
Results indicate that these expanded porphyrin-like macrocycles are efficient photosensitizers for the destruction of free HIV-1 and for the treatment of atheroma, benign and malignant tumors in vivo and infected mononuclear cells in blood. Altering the polarity and electrical charges of side groups of these macrocycles will alter markedly the degree, rate, and sites) of binding to free enveloped viruses such as HIV-1 and to virally-infected peripheral mononuclear cells, thus modulating photosensitizer take-up and t photosensitization of leukemia or lymphoma cells contaminating bone-marrow. The use of La(III), Lu(III) or In(III) rather than Cd(II) for the production of singlet oxygen will reduce the toxicity of these compounds in any biomedical usage. A powerful technique is the use of these hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins in magnetic resonance imaging followed by photodynamic tumor therapy in the treatment of atheroma, and benign and malignant tumors.
8ynth~sis of Compounds lA-iC
This example describes the synthesis of compounds depicted in Figures 1 and 2; the nonaromatic methylene-bridged macrocycle lA, the expanded porphyrin named "texaphyrin" 1B and the nitrate salt of the cadmium (II) complex iC.
All solvents and reagents were of reagent grade quality, purchased commercially, and used without further purification. Sigma lipophilic Sephadex~~ (~-20-100) and Merck type 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel were used for column chromatography. Melting points were recorded on a Mel-temp Laboratory Devices capillary apparatus and are uncorrected.
2,5-His[[5-(bsn$ylo~cyasrbonyl)-3-ethyl-4-mothylpyrrol-2-yl]methyl]-3,4-disthylpyrrols (2C, Figure 2). 3,4-Diethylpyrrole (2A, Figure 2)~~ (0.6 g, 4.9 mmol), benzyl 5-(acetoxymethyl)-3- methyl-4-ethyl-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (2B, Figure 2)29 (2.5 g, 7.9 mmol), and p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.15 g) were dissolved in 60 mL of absolute ethanol and heated at 60° C for 8 h under nitrogen. The resulting suspension was reduced in volume to 30 mL and placed in the freezer for several hours.
The product was then collected by filtration, washed with a small amount of cold ethanol, and recrystallized from dichloromethane-ethanol to afford a white powder (2.07 g, 82%): mp 211°C. NMR spectra and high resolution mass spectral data were obtained as described and are reported 13a .
2,5-His[(3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole (2E, Figure 2). The above diester (2C) (4.5 g, 7.1 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL of dry THF containing 1 drop of triethylamine and hydrogenated over 5% palladium-charcoal (250 mg) at 1 atm H2 pressure until the reaction was deemed complete by TLC. The catalyst was separated and the solution was taken to dryness on the rotary evaporator.
Recrystallization from dichloromethane-hexane yielded 2D
(3.2 g, quantitative) as a white powder which quickly develops a red hue upon standing in air: mp 111-115°C
dec. The above diacid (3 g, 6.6 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of freshly distilled trifuoroacetic acid and heated at reflux for 5 min under nitrogen and allowed to cool to room temperature over the course of 10 min. The above heating and cooling sequence was repeated once more and the resulting dark oil was then cooled in an ice-salt bath. Freshly distilled triethylorthoformate (5 mL) was then added dropwise with efficient stirring. After 10 min the solution was poured into 300 mL of ice water and let stand 30 min. The dark red precipitate was collected by filtration and washed well with water. Ethanol (ca.
50 mL) was then used to wash the precipitate from the filter funnel into 350 mL of 10% aqueous ammonia. The resulting yellow suspension was stirred well for an hour and then extracted with dichloromethane (5x150 mL). The dichloromethane extracts were washed with water, dried over MgS04, and evaporated to dryness on the rotary evaporator to give 2E as an off-white mass. Two recrystallizations from chloroform-ethanol gave crystalline product (1.91 g, 68%) with mp 202-203°C. NMR
C~ ">
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ;~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 spectra and high resolution mass spectra data were obtained as described and are reported 13a.
4,5,9,24-Tetraethyl-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaa-sapentacyclo[20.2.i.13~6~1g~11.014,19~heptaaosa-3,5,8,10,12,14-(19),15,17,20,22,2-undecaene (1A). A.
Acid-Catalyzed Procedure. The diformyltripyrrane (2E, Figure 2) (105 mg, 0.25 mmol) and o-phenylenediamine (27 mg., 0.25 mmol) were dissolved, with heating, in a degassed mixture of 300 mL of dry benzene and 50 mL of absolute methanol. Concentrated HC1 (0.05 mL) was then added and the resulting gold solution heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. After cooling, solid K2C03 (20 mg) was added and the solution filtered through MgS04.
The solvent was then removed on the rotary evaporator and the resulting product dissolved in 50 mL of CH2C12 and refiltered (to remove unreacted 2E). Heptane (100 mL) was added to the filtrate and the volume reduced to 50 mL
on the rotary evaporator whereupon the flask was capped and placed in the freezer overnight. The resulting white powder was then collected by filtration, washed with hexane, and dried in vacuo to yield lA (55 mg, 44%): mp 188-190°C.
Hetal Template Procedure. The diformyltripyrrane 2E
and o-phenylenediamine reactants were condensed together on a 0.25-mmol scale exactly as described above except that 1.0 equiv of either Pb(SCN)2 (80 mg) or U02C12 (85 mg) was added to the boiling solution at the outset of the reaction. Following workup as outlined above, 68 mg (69%) and 60 mg (61%) of lA were obtained respectively for the Pb2+ - and U022+ -catalyzed reactions. The products produced in this manner proved identical with that prepared by procedure A. NI~t spectra and high resolution mass spectra data were obtained as described and are reported 13a .
~,5,9,24-Tetraethyl-10,23-dimethyl-i3,20,25,26,27-pentaa$apentacyclo [20.2. i.13~6. i8~i1_ 014,19 heptacosa-i,3,5,7,9,ii(27),12,14,16,18,20,22(25),23-tridecaene, free-base "te=aphyrin" iB. Macrocycle lA (50 mg, o.l mmol) was stirred in methanol/chloroform (150 ml, v/v/
2/1) in the presence of N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-1,8-diaminonaphthalene ("proton sponge") for one day at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then poured into ice water. The organic layer was separated and washed with aqueous ammonium chloride solution and then brine (a saturated solution of sodium chloride in water).
Following concentration on a rotary evaporator, the crude material was purified by chromatography on SEPHADEX using first pure chloroform and then chloroform/methanol (v/v/
10/1) as eluents. After several faster red bands were discarded, a dark green band was collected, concentrated in vacuo, and recrystallized from chloroform/n-hexane to give the sp2 form of the ligand as a dark green powder in yields ranging from.3-12% with the better yields only being obtained on rare occasions.
The preparation of complex i~ ~ N03 was as follows the reduced spa form of the macrocyclic compound (lA) (40 mg, 0.08 mmol) was stirred with cadmium nitrate tetrahydrate (31 mg, 0.1 mmol) in chloroform/methanol (150 ml, v/v/ = 1/2) for 1 day. The dark green reaction mixture was then concentrated and purified by chromatography on silica gel as described above. The resulting crude material was then recrystallized from chloroform/n-hexane to give analytically pure iC~N03 in 27% yield. Under the reaction conditions both ligand oxidation and metal complexation take place spontaneously.
~~.?~~3~~
The structure of compound iC suggests that it can be formulated as either an 18n-electron benzannelated [18]annulene or as an overall 22 n-electron system; in " either case an aromatic structure is defined. The proton NMR spectrum of complex iC~N03~(HN03) (see Figure 3) is consistent with the proposed aromaticity. For the most part, complex iC~N03 shows ligand features which are qualitatively similar to those observed for compound lA.
As would be expected in the presence of a strong l0 diamagnetic ring current, however, the alkyl, imine, and aromatic peaks are all shifted to lower field.
Furthermore, the bridging methylene signals of compound lA (at d 4.0)13 are replaced by a sharp singlet, at ca.
9.2 ppm, ascribable to the bridging methine protons. The chemical shift of this "meso" signal is similar to that observed for Cd(OEP)16 (6~ 10.0),17 an appropriate 18 n-electron aromatic reference system, and is also similar to that observed for the free-base form of decamethylsapphyrin (s 11.5- 11.7),3 a 22 n-electron pyrrole-containing macrocycle.
The optical spectrum of complex iC~N03 (Fig. 4) bears some resemblance to those of other aromatic pyrrole-containing macrocycles3,6,7,18 and provides further support for the proposed aromatic structure. The dominant transition is a Soret-like band at 424 nm (e =
72,700), which is considerably less intense than that seen for Cd(OEP)(pyr)16 ~~ = 421 nm, a = 288,000.18 This peak is flanked by exceptionally strong N- and Q-like bands at higher and lower energies. As would be expected for a larger n system, both the lowest energy Q-like absorption (~~ = 767.5 nm, a = 41,200) and emission (~~ = 792 nm)) bands of complex iC~N03 are substantially red-shifted (by ca. 200 nm!) as compared to those of typical cadmium porphyrins.18,19 WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/001~7 212'~~~0 -3$-The molecular structure of the bis-pyridine adduct, determined by X-ray diffraction analysis confirms the aromatic nature of the ligand.2~ The central five nitrogen donor atoms of the complex are essentially coplanar and define a near circular cavity with a center-to-nitrogen radius of ca. 2.39 ~ which is roughly 20%
larger than that found in metalloporphyrins.21 The Cd atom lies in the plane of the central NS binding core.
The structure of the "expanded porphyrin" thus differs dramatically from that of CdTPP16,22 or CdTPP-(dioxane)2~23 in which the cadmium atom lies out of the porphyrin N4 donor plane (by 0.58 and 0.32 ~ respectively). Moreover, in contrast to cadmium porphyrins, for which a five-coordinate square-pyramidal geometry is preferred and to which only a single pyridine molecule will bind,24 in the bis-pyridine adduct, the cadmium atom is seven-coordinate, being complexed by two apical pyridine ligands. The configuration about the Cd atom is thus pentagonal bipyramidal; a rare but not unknown geometry for cadmium(II) complexes.25 Under neutral conditions complex iC appears to be more stable than cadmium porphyries: Whereas treatment of CdTPP or CdTPP(pyr) with aqueous Na2S leads to cation loss and precipitation of CdS, in the case of complex iC
no demetallation takes place. (Exposure to aqueous acid, however, leads to hydrolysis of the macrocycle.) Indeed, it has not been possible to prepare the free-base ligand 1B by demetallation. The tripyrroledimethine-derived free-base ligand iB was synthesized directly from lA by stirring in air-saturated chloroform-methanol containing N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-1,8-diaminonaphthalene.ls Although the yield is low (< 12%),26 once formed, compound iB
appears to be quite stable: It undergoes decomposition far more slowly than compound 1A,13 presumably, this is a reflection of the aromatic stabilization present in compound iB. A further indication of the aromatic nature of the free-base "expanded porphyrin" 1B is the observation of an internal pyrrole NH signal at d = 0.90, which is shifted upfield by over 10 ppm as compared to the pyrrolic protons present in the reduced macrocycle 1A,13 This shift parallels that seen when the spa-linked macrocycle, octaethylporphyrinogen (a(NH) - 6.9),27 is oxidized to the corresponding porphyrin, H20EP (d (NH) --3.74).17 This suggests that the diamagnetic ring current present in compound iB is similar in strength to that of the porphyrins.
Synthesis of compounds 5A-5E.
The presence in texaphyrin of a near circular pentadentate binding core which is roughly 20% larger than that of the porphyrins,l3b coupled with the realization that almost identical ionic radii pertain for hexacoordinate Cd2+ (r = 0.92 ~) and Gd3+ (r = 0.94 x,),30 prompted exploration of the general lanthanide binding properties of this new monoanionic porphyrin-like ligand.
The synthesis and characterization of a water-stable gadolinium(III) complex (SC) derived formally from a 16,17-dimethyl substituted analogue (5B)31 of the original "expanded porphyrin" system is described in this example.
All solvents and reagents were of reagent grade quality, purchased commercially, and used without further purification. Sigma lipophilic SEPHADEX (LH-20-100) and Merck type 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel were used for column chromatography.
Compound 5C is the metal adduct of ligand SA which was obtained in ca. 90% yield by condensing 1,2-diamino-4,5-dimethylbenzene with 2,5-Bis-(3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-ylmethyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole under acid catalyzed conditions identical to those used to prepare 1A.13a The spa form of ligand 5A (42 mg, 0.08 mmol) was stirred with gadolinium acetate tetrahydrate (122 mg, 0.3 mmol) and Proton Sponge, N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-1,8-diaminonaphthalene (54 mg, 0.25 mmol) in ' chloroform/methanol (150 ml, v/v 1/2) for one day at room temperature. The dark green reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed through silica gel (25 cm. x 1.5 cm.) which was pretreated with chloroform/triethylamine (50 ml, v/v 25/1). Chloroform/triethylamine (25/1) and chloroform/methanol/triethylamine 25/2.5/1 v/v) was used as eluents. A dark red band was first collected followed by two green bands. The last green band, which showed a clear aromatic pattern by W/VIS, was concentrated and recrystallized from chloroform/n-hexane to give 14 mg (22%) of the Gd complex 5C.
Treatment of compound SA with Gd(OAc)3, Eu(OAc)3, and Sm(OAc)3 under reaction and work-up conditions similar to those used to obtain iC, then gave the cationic complexes SC, SD, and SE, as their dihydroxide adducts, in 22%, 33%, and 37% yields respectively. As judged by the IR
and microanalytical data, under the reaction and work up conditions, hydroxide anions serve to displace the acetate ligands presumably present following the initial metal insertion procedure.
The new lanthanide complexes reported here are unique in several ways. For instance, as judged by fast atom bombardment mass spectrometric (FAB MS) analysis, complexes SC-SE are mononuclear 1:1 species, a conclusion that is further supported, by both high resolution FAB MS
accurate molecular weight determinations and combustion analysis. In other words, we have found no evidence of WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~'~ '_~, ) ~ PCT/US93/00107 1:2 metal to ligand "sandwich" systems, or higher order combinations as are often found in the case of the better studied lanthanide porphyrins.32 The electronic spectra represents a second remarkable feature of these new materials. The lanthanide complexes isolated to date display a dominant Soret-like transition in the 435-455 nm region which is considerably less intense than that observed in the corresponding metalloporphyrins,33 and show a prominent low energy Q-type band in the 760-800 nm region. This latter feature is diagnostic of this class of 22 n-electron "expanded porphyrins"13b and is both considerably more intense and substantially red-shifted (by ca. 200 nm!) as compared to the corresponding transitions in suitable reference lanthanide porphyrins (e.g., [Gd~TPPS]+,~ ~X = 575 nm33) .
Within the context of these general observations, it is interesting to note that complexes derived from the somewhat more electron rich ligand 5B all display Q-type bands that are blue shifted by ca. 5-15 nm as compared to those obtained from the original texaphyrin 1B
A third notable property of complexes SC-SE is their high solubility in both chloroform and methanol. The fact that these three complexes are also moderately soluble (to roughly 10-3 M concentrations) in 1:1 (v. v.) methanol/water mixtures was of particular interest. For instance, a 3.5 x 10-5 M solution of the gadolinium complex SC in 1:1 (v. v.) methanol/water at ambient temperature shows less than 10% bleaching of the Soret and Q-type bands when monitored spectroscopically over the course of 2 weeks. This suggests that the half-life for decomplexation and/or decomposition of this complex is > 100 days under these conditions. Under the z conditions of the experiment described above, no detectable shifts in the position of the Q-type band are observed yet the Q-type transition of the free-base 5B
falls ca. 20 nm to the blue of that of 5C. Thus, shifts in this direction would be expected if simple demetalation were the dominant pathway leading to the small quantity of observed spectral bleaching.
The strong hydrolytic stability of complexes SC-SE
is in marked contrast to that observed for simple, water soluble gadolinium porphyries, such as [Gd~TPPS]+, which undergo water-induced demetalation in the course of several days when exposed to an aqueous environment.33,34 It thus appears likely that gadolinium(III) complexes derived from the new texaphyrin ligand 5B, or its analogues, should provide the basis for developing new paramagnetic contrast reagents for use in MRI
applications. In addition, the ease of preparation and stable mononuclear nature of complexes 5C-5E suggests that such expanded porphyrin ligands might provide the basis for extending further the relatively underdeveloped coordination chemistry of the lanthanides.
$ZAMPLB 3 Synthesis of t~zaphyrin d~rfvativo B2.
lTom~aclatur~. The trivial abbreviations assigned to the hydroxylated derivatives of texaphyrin (TXP) in this and following examples refer to the number of hydroxyl groups attached to the benzene ring portion (B) and the tripyrrole (T) portion of the molecule.
cisnoral Information. 1H and 13C NMIt spectra were obtained on a General Electric QE-300rM(300 MHz.) spectrometer. Electronic spectra were recorded on a Beckman'~'~DU-7 spectrophotometer in CHC13. Infrared spectra were recorded, as KBr pellets, from 4000 to 600 c~ 1 on a Nicolet'~" 510P FT-IR spectrophotometer. Chemical ionization mass spectrometric analyses (CI MS) were made using a Finnigan MATS 4023. Low resolution and high resolution fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry (FAB
MS) were performed with a Finnigan-MAT'1'MTSQ-70 and VG
ZAB-2E instruments, respectively. A nitrobenzyl alcohol (NBA) matrix was utilized with CHC13 as the co-solvent.
Elemental analyses were performed by Atlantic Microlab, to Inc. Melting points were measured on a Mel-temp apparatus and are uncorrected.
l~tat~rials. All solvents and reagents were of reagent grade quality, purchased commercially, and used as received. Merck Type 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel was used for column chromatography. Thin-layer chromatography was performed on commercially prepared Whatman type silica gel 60A plates.
i,2-bis((2-carboxy)athozy)-~,5-dinitroben:ene.
Fig.6. To a well stirred solution of o-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene2~ (5.0 g, 22 mmol) in 30 mL glacial acetic acid cooled to 15° C, 20 mL of concentrated nitric acid (70%) was added dropwise over a period of 15 minutes. The temperature was held below 40°
C by cooling and proper regulation of the rate of acid addition. After the addition, the yellow solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Here, the solution was cooled again to 15° C and 50 mL of fuming nitric acid (90%) was added dropwise over a period of 30 minutes. The orange solution was brought to room temperature and stirred for approximately 48 hours.
After 48 hours, the reactipn solution was checked by TLC, which displayed only one low Rf spot, the diacid.
Therefore, the orange solution was poured onto 600 mL of ice in a 1 liter beaker. The precipitated dinitro WO 93/ 14093 PCT/US93/001 ~7 21~'~~~J
product was filtered, washed with water (1000 mL) until free from acid and dried in vacuo for 24 hours. The crude product was recrystallized from acetone/n-hexanes to yield the diacid as fluffy yellow needles (4.20 grams, 55.2%). For the diacid: 1H NMR (d6-acetone) 6: 2.87 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2C02H), 4.49 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2C02H), 7.71 (s, 2H, Ar-H), 9-10 (br s, 2H, C02H). 13C NMR (d6-acetone) 8:
33.76, 66.57, 109.85, 137.14, 152.06, 171.51. EI MS, m/z (rel. intensity: 346 (100)) 1,2-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene.
6C, Fig.6. In a dry 500 mL round bottom flask, equipped with a 125 mL pressure equalized dropping funnel, 1,2-bis((2-carboxy)ethoxy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene (5.0 g, 14.5 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL dry THF (distilled over ketyl) and stirred at 0-10° C under nitrogen. To the resulting clear solution, 120 mL of BH3~THF (1M) was added dropwise over a period of 30 minutes. After the borane addition, the reaction mixture was stirred an additional 5 minutes at 10° C and then it was brought up to room temperature. The formation of the diol product was followed by TLC and the reaction was deemed complete after approximately 2 hours. The borane solution was quenched by careful addition of 65 mL of absolute methanol (Careful: frothing occurs!). After stirring the yellow solution for 30 minutes, it was concentrated to a bright yellow solid on a rotary evaporator. The crude solid was dissolved in 200 mL ethyl acetate and washed with 4 M sodium acetate (2 x 100 mL), water (2 x 100 mL) and then brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgS04 and concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator. The crude product was recrystallized from acetone/n-hexanes to afford 4.12 grams (90%) of orange needles. For the diol: mp 129-130° C; 1H NMR (CDC13) 8:
2.10 (p, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.81 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 4.28 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 7.41 (s, 2H, Ar-H). 13C NMR
(d6-acetone) 8: 32.52, 58.50, 67.81, 107.88, 137.03, 152.47. EI MS, m/z (rel. intensity): 316 (100); HRMS
(M+) 316.0914 (calcd. for C12H16N208- 316.0907) .
1,2-Diamino-~,5-bis(3~-hydrosypropyl)oxybenzene, 6D, Fig. 6. The diamine was obtained by reduction of the corresponding 1,2-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)--4,5-dinitrobenzene (3.0 g, 9.6 mmol) with hydrazine hydrate (4.7 mL, 96.2 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (200 mg) in 120 mL refluxing absolute ethanol. The resulting brown suspension bubbled for approximately 15-20 minutes and then turned colorless after 1 hour. At this point, the reduction was deemed complete as judged by TLC (a low Rf spot). The reaction solution was hot filtered through celite into a dry flask, covered with aluminum foil, and then concentrated to a gray solid. The diamine was recrystallized from hot acetone/n-hexanes to yield 2.20 grams (91%) of an off-white fine powder. For the diamine: mp 115-117° C; 1H NMR (d6-DMSO) 6: 1.76 (p, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.53 (q, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.82 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 4.06 (s, 4H, NH), 4.44 (t, 2H, OH), 6.25 (s, 2H, ArH). 13C NMR (d6-DMSO) ~: 42.68, 67.84, 77.08, 114.95, 139.01, 150.63. EI MS, m/z (rel. intensity): 256 (100) ; HRMS (M+) 256.1420 (calcd for C12H2QtJ204:
256.1423).
4,5,9,2 ~-Tetraethyl-16,17-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)osy) -10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.
1.13'6. ig°11. 014,19 -heptacosa-3, 5, 8,10,12,14 ( 19 ) ,15,17, 20, 22,24-undecaene. spa B2 TBP, 6F, Fig.6. This macrocycle was prepared in >90% yield from 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene and 2,5-bis((3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4 -diethylpyrrole by using the acid-catalyzed procedure reported earlier for the preparation of the reduced spa texaphyrin, see Example 1. For H2 spa tesaphyrin: mp WO 93/140934 ~ ~ ~ ~ c~ ~ PCT/US93/00~~7 190° C dec; 1H NMR (CDC13) a: 1.05 (t, 6H, CH2CH3), 1.12 (t, 6H, CH2CH3), 2.00 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 2.28 (s, 6H, pyrr-CH3), 2.35 (q, 4H, CH2CH3), 2.48 (q, 4H CHZCH3), , 3.00-3.50 (bs, 2H, OH), 3.78 (t, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.93 (s, 4H, (pyrr)2-CH2), 4.19 (s, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 7.16 (s, 2H, ArH), 8.34 (s, 2H, CHN), 11.16 (s, iH, NH), 12.04 (s, 2H, NH); 13C NMR (CDC13) a: 9.65, 15.45, 16.61, 17.23, 17.60, 22.18, 31.71, 60.75, 68.58, 100.86, 120.23, 120.37, 124.97, 125.06, 130.05, 133.86, 140.16, 140.86, 147.62; W/vis ~~X 369 nm; CI MS (M+) 642; CI HRMS (M+) 642.4039 (calcd for C34H43N502~ 642.4019) .
Lutetium (III) complex of 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-16,17-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [20.2.1.13'6.1g'll~
014,19]heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,11(27),12,14(19), 15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene [Lu82Txp]2+ 6G, Fig. 6. A
mixture of the reduced texaphyrin ligand, 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-16,17-bis((3-hydroxypropyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 .1811. 014,19 ] heptacosa 3,5,8,10,12,14(19),15,17,20,22,24-undecaene (100 mg., 0.16 mmol), lutetium (III) nitrate hydrate (177 mg, 0.47 mmol) and triethylamine (10 drops) were combined in 150 mL of refluxing methanol for 12-24 hours. The dark green reaction mixture was concentrated on a rotary evaporator , to dryness and dried in vacuo for 24 hours. The crude complex was dissolved in a 100 mL 1:1 (v/v) mixture of chloroform and methanol, filtered through celite and concentrated to 20 mL. A small amount of silica gel (approx. 3 grams) was added to the flask and then the dark green solution was carefully concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator. The silica was dried for 2 hours in vacuo, then it was loaded on a chloroform packed silica column and the complex was purified by first using neat chloroform and then increasing concentrations of methanol in chloroform (O%-20%) as eluents. The dark green band collected from the column was concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator and recrystallized from chloroform/methanol/diethyl ether to yield 50 mg (ca.
35%) of the lutetium (III) B2 texaphyrin. For the Lu (III) Comple8: 1H NMR (CDC13/CD30H) ~: 1.82-1.91 (m, 12H, CH2CH3), 2.39 (m, 4H, OCH2CH2CH20H), 3.32 (m, 4H, OCH2CHZCHZOH), 3.39 (s, 6H, pyrr-CH3), 3.92-4.04 (m, 12H, OCH2CH2CH20H and CH2CH3), 9.52 (s, 2H, CH=C), 10.24 (s, 2H, ArH), 12.23 (s, 2H, CH=N); W/vis: 7~~X 420.0, 477.5, 730.0; FAB MS M+ 811.
Other lanthanide and rare earth-like metal complexes may be synthesized including the Gd+3, Lu+3, La+3, In+3 and Dy+3 complexes.
Synthesis of B2T2 TXP, see Fig. 7.
2,5-Bis[(5-benzylo8ycarbonyl-4-methyl-3-metho8ycar-bonylethylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7C, Fig.7. In a 500 mL round bottom flask was placed 250 mL
of ethanol from an unopened bottle and this was then purged with dry nitrogen for ten minutes.
3,4-Diethylpyrrole 7B (1.29 g, 0.01 mol) and 2-acetoxymethyl-5-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-methyl-3-methoxycarbonylethylpyrrole 7A (7.83 g, 0.02 mol) were added and the mixture heated until all of the pyrroles dissolved. p-Toluenesulfonic acid (65 mg) was added and the reaction temperature maintained at 60° C. The reaction slowly changed color from a clear yellow to a dark red with the product precipitating out of the solution as the reaction WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/001~7 progressed. After ten hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature, the volume reduced to one half on a rotary evaporator, and then placed in the freezer for several hours. The product was collected by filtration, washed with a small amount of cold ethanol to afford 4.61 g of an off white fine powder (61%): iH NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz): d 1.14 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 2.23 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.31 (4H, t, CH2CH2C02CH3), 2.50 (4H, q, CH2CH3), 2.64 (4H, t, CH2CH2C02CH3), 3.60 (10H, br s, CH3C02- and (pyrrole)2-CH2), 4.44 (4H, br s, C6HSCH2), 6.99-7.02 (4H, m, aromatic), 7.22-7.26 (6H, m, aromatic), 8.72 (iH, s, NH), 10.88 (2H, br s, NH); 13C NMR (CDC13, 250 MHz): d 10.97, 16.78, 17.71, 19.40, 22.07, 35.09, 51.46, 65.32, 117.37, 119.34, 122.14, 126.58, 126.79, 127.36, 128.19, 133.55, 136.62, 162.35, 173.49; CI MS (M+H)+ 750; HRMS
749.3676 (calc. for C~HS1N308: 749.3676) .
2,5-Bis((5-benzylouycarbonyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methyl-pyrrol-2y1)methyl]-3,~-diethylpyrrole. 7D, Fig.7. 2,5-Bis[(5-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-methyl-3-methoxycarbonylethylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrol a 7C (5.00 g, 0.007 mol) was placed in a three necked 100 mL round bottom flask and vacuum dried for at least 30 minutes. The flask was equipped with a thermometer, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet tube, and a magnetic stir bar. After the tripyrrane was partially dissolved into 10 mL of dry THF, 29 mL of borane (1M BH3 in THF) was added dropwise with stirring. The reaction became mildly exothermic and was cooled with a cool water bath.
The tripyrrane slowly dissolved to form a homogeneous orange solution which turned to a bright fluorescent orange color as the reaction went to completion. After stirring the reaction for one hour at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by adding methanol dropwise until the vigorous effervescence ceased. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting 2~2'~~~~
white solid redissolved into CH2C12. The tripyrrane was washed three times with 0.5M HC1 (200 mL total), dried over anhydrous K2C03, filtered, and the CH2C12 removed ' under reduced pressure until crystals of the tripyrrane just started to form. Hexanes (50 mL) was added and the tripyrrane allowed to crystallize in the freezer for several hours. The product was filtered and again recrystallized from CH2C12/ethanol. The product was collected by filtration and vacuum dried to yield 3.69 g of an orangish white solid (76%): mp 172-173° C; 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz): 6 1.11 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.57 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20H), 2.23 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.39-2.49 (8H, m, CH2CH3 and CH2CH2CH20H), 3.50 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20H), 3.66 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 4.83 (4H, s, C6H5-CH2), 7.17-7.20 (4H, m, aromatic), 7.25-7.30 (6H, m, aromatic), 8.64 (1H, s, NH), 9.92 (2H, s, NH); 13C NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 10.97, 16.72, 17.68, 20.00, 22.38, 33.22, 62.01, 65.43, 117.20, 119.75, 120.72, 122.24, 127.23, 127.62, 128.30, 132.95, 136.60, 162.13; FAB MS (M+) 693.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetogypropyl-5-benzylouycarbonyl-~
-methyl-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7E, Fig.7. 2,5-Bis[(5-benzyloxycarbonyl-3-hydroxypropyl--4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7D (36.4 g, 0.05 mol) was placed in a 1 L three necked round bottom flask and dried under vacuum for at least 30 minutes. The flask was equipped with a dropping funnel, a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet tube, and a magnetic stir bar. CH2C12 (600 mL dried over CaH2) was added to the tripyrrane and stirred under nitrogen to form an orange . suspension. Pyridine (10.5 mL) was added directly to the flask followed by acetyl chloride (9.5 mL) in 50 mL of dry CH2C12 which was added dropwise from the addition funnel at such a rate that the temperature of the reaction didn't exceed 25° C. An ice/water bath was used to cool the reaction. The tripyrrane slowly dissolved as WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/001~7 2~2'~5~0 the acetyl chloride was added to form a dark red homogeneous solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for approx. 3 hours then quenched with sat.
aq. NaHCO3. The organic layer was separated, washed three times with 0.5M HC1, then once with sat. NaHC03.
The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS04, filtered, then reduced to dryness on the rotary evaporator. The orange solid was dried in vacuo for several hours then redissolved into CH2C12 and crystallized using hexanes. 36.8 g of an orange colored product was obtained (89%). A purer product can be obtained by recrystallization from CH2C12/ethanol. For tripyrrane 7E: mp 127-129° C; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 1.14 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.67 (4H, p, CHZCH2CH20Ac), 2.04 (6H, s, CH3C02CH2), 2.22 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.37 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 2.48 (4H, q, CH2CH3), 3.57 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 3.98 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 4.45 (4H, s, C6H5-CH2), 7.01-7.03 (4H, m, aromatic), 7.23-7.29 (6H, m, aromatic), 8.69 (2H, s, NH), 10.95 (1H, s, NH); 13C NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz): d 11.06, 16.89, 17.74, 20.19, 20.93, 21.98, 29.70, 63.83, 65.31, 117.38, 118.81, 119.89, 122.24, 126.42, 126.68, 127.24, 128.11, 133.53, 136.73, 162.62, 171.12; CI MS (M+) 777; HRMS (M+H)+, 778.4060 (calc. for C~H56N3Og, 778.4067) .
2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-carboxyl-~-methylpyrrol -2-yl) methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7F, Fig. 7 2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7E (15.0 g, 0.02 mol) was placed in a 500 mL side arm round bottom flask and dried under vacuum for at least 30 minutes. ' After dissolving the tripyrrane into 400 mL of dry THF, 10% Pd on carbon (0.75 g) and two drops of triethylamine were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature under one atm. of H2. After 15 hrs. celite was added to WO 93/14093 ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 the mixture and the catalyst was filtered off. The light orange solution was reduced to one half volume under reduce pressure, then 100 mL of heptane was added and the solution further reduced in volume until crystals of the tripyrrane diacid just started to appear. The tripyrrane was allowed to crystallize in the freezer for several hours and then filtered to yield a white color solid which developed a reddish hue on standing in air. 10.94 grams of product was obtained (96%): mp 146-148 dec; 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 1.09 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.76 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 2.03 (6H, s, CH3C02), 2.23 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.42 (4H, q, CH2CH3), 2.49 (4H, t, CH2CHZCH20Ac), 3.77 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-cH2), 4.01 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 8.23 (1H, s, NH), 9.29 (2H, s, NH); FAB MS
(M+) 597.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetogypropyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole. 7G, Fig. 7.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-carboxyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl) methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7F (5.80 g, 0.0097 mol) was placed in a 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet and a magnetic stir bar. At room temperature under nitrogen trifluoroacetic acid (16 mL) was added to the tripyrrane dropwise via syringe. The tripyrrane dissolved with visible evolution of C02 to form a dark orange solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10-15 minutes, then cooled to -20° C
using a dry ice/CC14 bath. Freshly distilled triethylorthoformate (16 mL, dried over CaH2) was added dropwise via syringe to produce a deep red solution which was stirred an additional ten minutes at -20° C. The cold bath was removed and 100 mL of water was added slowly to the solution. A precipitate formed during addition of the water and the resulting orange suspension was stirred at room temperature for 20-30 minutes. The product was collected by filtration, washed several times ~~~r~~)~~ -52-with water, and resuspended in 1:1 50% aqueous NH40H/Ethanol (240 mL). The yellow/brown suspension was stirred for one hour at room temperature, filtered, washed several times with water and then washed with a small amount of cold ethanol. The tripyrrane was recrystallized from CH2C12/ethanol to yield 4.50 g of a reddish color solid (82%): mp 179-181°C; 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 1.11 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.67 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20Ac), 2.05 (6H, s, CH3C02-), 2.19 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.42-2.49 (8H, m, CH2CH3 and CH2CH2CH20Ac), 3.83 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 3.99 (4H, t, CH2CH2CHZOAc), 9.07 (2H, s, CHO), 9.42 (1H, s, NH), 10.70 (2H, s, NH);
13C ~ (CDC13, 300 MHz): d 8.75, 16.55, 17.62, 19.98, 20.85, 22.56, 29.04, 63.71, 120.26, 121.41, 121.65, 128.02, 132.81, 138.52, 171.08, 175.38; CI MS (M+1)+ 567;
HRMS (M+H) +, 566. 3208 (calc for C38H~N306, 566. 3230) .
2,5-Bis[(5-formyl-3-hydrosypropyl-4-methylpyrrol -2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diathylpyrrole. 7H, Fig. 7.
2,5-Bis[(3-acetoxypropyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2--yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7G (5.98 g, 0.011 mol) and LiOH (1.76 g, 0.042 mol) were added to 400 mL of 95%
methanol, which had been degassed with nitrogen prior to use, and the mixture heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction became homogeneous when heated.
After heating for 1.25 hours, the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. The product precipitated as a tan color solid as the reaction cooled. The volume of the reaction mixture was reduced to 75 mL on a rotary evaporator and the resulting slurry placed in the freezer for several hours. The product was filtered and then purified by forming a slurry with 400 mL of methanol and 50 mL of water and heating close to boiling. The slurry was first cooled to room temperature, reduced to 1/2 volume under reduced pressure, and placed in the freezer for several hours. The product was collected by WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 filtration and vacuum dried to yield 4.96 g of a tan powder (94%): 1H NMR (CD30D, 300 MHz): d 0.96 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.49 (4H, p, CH2CH2CH20H), 2.25 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.32-2.43 (8H, m, CH2CH3 and CH2CH2CH20H), 3.46 (4H, t, CH2CH2CH20H), 3.85 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2),9.34 (2H, s, CHO); CI MS (M+) 480; HRMS
(M) +, 481.2942 (calc for C28H3gN304, 481.2941) .
4,5-Diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,2 ~-bis(3-to hydrosypropyl)- 16,17-bis(3-hydroHypropylouy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapen-tacyclo [20.2 . i.13~6. i8~11. 014,19 heptacosa-3, 5, 8,10,12,14 ( 19 ) ,15,17,20,22,24-undecaene. 7J, Fig.7.
2,5-Bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl) methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole 7H (1.00 g, 0.002 mol) and 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis(3-hydroxypropyloxy)benzene 7I (0.52 g, 0.002 mol) were placed in a 2 L round bottom flask with 1000 mL of toluene and 200 mL of methanol. The solvents were purged with nitrogen prior to use. Concentrated HC1 (0.5 mL) was added and the reaction heated to reflux under nitrogen. The reaction went from a clear suspension of starting materials to a dark red homogeneous solution as the reaction proceeded. After 10 hours the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed under reduced pressure until the product precipitated out of solution. The remainder of the solvent was decanted off and the macrocycle dried under vacuum. The dark red product was used without further purification (90- 100$): mp 181°C-dec; 1H NMR (CD30D, 300 MHz): d 1.11 (6H, t, CH2CH3), 1.76 (4H, p, pyrrole-CH2CH2CH20H), 2.03 (4H, p, OCH2CH2CH20H), 2.36 (6H, s, pyrrole-CH3), 2.46 (4H, q, CXZCH3), 2.64 (4H, t, pyrrole- CHZCH2CH20H), 3.61 (4H, t, pyrrole-CH2CH2CH20H), 3.77 (4H, t, OCH2CH2CH20H), 4.10 (4H, s, (pyrrole)2-CH2), 4.22 (4H, t, OCH2CH2CH20H), 7.41 (2H, s, aromatic), 8.30 (2H, s, CHN); 13C NMR (CD30D, 300 MHz): b 9.96, 17.17, 18.65, 20.89, 24.52, 33.15, 33.45, 59.58, 61.93, 67.82, 107.11, 120.66, 123.76, 124.98, 125.80, 128.68, 144.80, 144.96, 150.72, 154.60; FAB MS (M+H)+ 703; HRMS M+
701.4120 (calc for C~HSSN506, 701.4152) .
Gadoliaium (III) complex of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydrogppropyl)-16,17-(3-hydrogypropylouy)-13,20,25,26,27-to pentaasapentacyclo [20.2 . i.13~6. ig~il. 014,19 heptacosa-1, 3, 5, 7 9,ii(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene. 7K, Fig. 7. [GdB2T2Tup]. A mixture of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-bi s(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13~6.1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa--3,5,8,10,12,14(19),15,17,20, 22,24-undecaene 7J (1.52 g, 0.002 mol), gadolinium (III) acetate tetrahydrate (2.64 g, 0.007 mol), and triethylamine (ca. 1 mL) in 2 L of methanol was heated to reflux under air for 3.5-4 hours.
The dark green reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under reduced pressure.
Dichloromethane, containing 2% methanol, was added to the resulting green solid to form a slurry and was filtered to wash away some red colored impurities (incomplete oxidation products). The complex was then washed through the filter with methanol to leave behind some excess gadolinium salts on the filter. The methanol was reduced to a small volume on a rotary evaporator and then a small amount of silica gel was added. The rest of the methanol was removed carefully under reduced pressure and the complex/silica gel mixture dried under vacuum for several hours. The silica mixture was placed on top of a silica gel column and eluted with CHC13 containing increasing concentrations of methanol (5-100%). Fractions containing the complex were collected and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The complex was further WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 purified by passing it through a plug of neutral alumina using 1:1 CHC13/methanol as the eluent. The final column was used to remove any remaining free gadolinium salts.
The complex was recrystallized from methanol/diethyl ether to yield 0.92 g of dark green powder (44%): W/vis " ~~x,nm (CH30H) 414, 474, 738, (H20) 417, 469, 740; FAB MS
(M+H) + 855; HRMS, (M) +, 854.2995 (calc for C~HS~tJ50615gGd, 854.3002).
Lanthanum (III) complex of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydrogppropyl)-16,17-(3-hydrosypropylosy)-i3,2o,25,26,27-pentaasapentacyclo [20. 2 . i.13~6. i8~11. 014,19 heptacosa-i, 3, 5, 7 9,ii(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene. 7M, Fig. 7. [LaB2T2Txp~. A mixture of 4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-bis(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27--pentaaz apentacyc to [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 .1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa--3,5,8,10,12,14(19),15,17,20,22,24-undecaene 7J (100 mg, 0.14 mmol), lanthanum (III) nitrate hexahydrate (185 mg, 0.42 mmol), and triethylamine (5 drops) in methanol (150 mL) were heated to reflux under air for 16 hours. The dark green reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvents removed on a rotary evaporator. The complex was dissolved into methanol and filtered through a fine glass frit. A small amount of neutral alumina was added and the methanol removed under reduced pressure. The alumina/complex mixture was dried under vacuum for several hours then placed on top of a neutral alumina column. The column was eluted using neat CHC13 and CHC13 containing increasing concentrations of methanol (5-20%).
Fractions containing the complex were reduced to dryness on a rotary evaporator and the resulting green solid recrystallized several times from methanol/diethyl ether.
A dark green product (66 mg) was obtained (50%): W/vis 7~~R,nm (CH30H) 417, 476, 746; FAB MS (M+H)+ 836; HRMS
(M+H) +, 836.2886 (calc for C~IS1N506139La, 836.2903) .
Synthesis of 84T2 TBP:
1,2-Dihydrouy-~,5-dinitroben$ene. 8B, Fig. 8. In a dry 500 mL round bottom flask, 1,2-dimethoxy-4,5-dinitrobenzene (3.2 g, 0.12 mmol) 8A was stirred vigorously in 40 mL of glacial acetic acid at 30° C.
Once a homogeneous solution 200 mL of 48% HBr was added to the flask and the reaction was slowly heated to reflux. The reaction was complete as indicated by TLC
after 4 hours. The work up involved pouring the cooled solution into 800 mL of ice water and then extracting the aqueous phase with CHC13 (3 x 150 mL) in order to remove any organic impurities. The dinitro catechol was extracted out of the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL). The combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with water and brine (3 x 100 mL), then dried over MgS04 and concentrated to an orange residue.
Approximately 100 mL of dichloromethane was added to the residue and then placed in the freezer for several hours.
The light yellow needles that formed were filtered and washed with dichloromethane to yield 2.37 g of product (84%) . 1H NMFt (d6-acetone) : a 3.45 (OH) , 7.42 (Ar-H) ; 13C
NMR (d6-acetone): 6 112.44, 137.00, 149.97, EI MS M+ 200.
1,2-Bis(2,3-dihydrosypropylouy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene.
8C, Fig. 8. 1,2-Dihydroxy-4,5-dinitrobenzene 8B (5.0 g, 22 mmol) and 1-chloro-2,3-dihydroxypropane (12.1 g, 110 mmol) were refluxed for 48 hours in a solution of potassium hydroxide (4.4 g) in 1-butanol (100 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the dark residue was partitioned between 100 mL of THF and 100 mL of brine/50 mL water solution in a 500 mL separatory funnel.
The mixture was allowed to separate and the aqueous phase was extracted with THF (2 x 100 mL). The combined THF
extracts were washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over MgS04 and concentrated to an oily residue. Here, CH2C12 was added very carefully to insure precipitation of the crude product. After stirring for 15 minutes, the suspension was filtered with a medium glass fritted funnel and air dried for several minutes. The orange solid was taken up in 120 mL of CHC13 and 80 mL of diethyl ether at reflux and hot filtered to remove some impurities. The crude product was dissolved in a mixture of acetone and methanol (sonication may be required), then 6 grams of deactivated silica gel was added to the orange solution. The slurry was concentrated to dryness and the orange solid was dried in vacuo for one hour.
The orange solid was loaded on a packed deactivated silica gel column. The column was eluted starting with neat CHC13 followed by CHC13 with increasing concentration of methanol (0-10%). After a bright yellow impurity (monoalkylated product) was removed a colorless product began to elute (using 8-10% methanol in CHC13 eluents).
Conversely, on TLC the product will elute faster than the bright yellow monoalkylated product. The purified dialkylated tetrahydroxy product can be recrystallized from acetone/diethyl ether to yield 2.60 grams (30%) of a light yellow fluffy solid. 1H NMR (d6-acetone): 6 2.95 (bs, 4H, OH), 3.69 (d, 4H, OCH2CH(OH)CH20H), 4.06 (p, 2H, OCH2CH_(OH)CH20H), 4.24-4.35 (m, 4H, OCH2CH(OH)CH20H), 7.72 (s, 2H, Ar-H); 13C NMR (d6-acetone): 6 63.55, 70.89, 72.53, 109.99, 137.22, 152.77. CI MS 349.
1,2-Diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy) ben$ene. 8D, Fig. 8. The diamine was obtained by reduction of the corresponding 1,2-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)-4,5-dinitrobenzene ~~~~~e~J~ -58-(0.30 g, 0.86 mmol) with hydrazine hydrate (1 mL) and 10%
palladium on carbon (50 mg) in 40 mL refluxing absolute ethanol. The resulting brown suspension bubbled for approximately 15-20 minutes and then turned colorless after 1 hour. At this point the reduction was deemed complete as judged by TLC (Rf=0.63, 100% methanol). The reaction solution was hot filtered through celite into a dry flask, covered with aluminum foil, and then concentrated to a light yellowish oil. The diamine was l0 taken to the next step without further purification. For B4 diamine: 1H NMR (CD30D): d 3.54-3.58 (m, 4H, OCH2CH (OH) CH20H) , 3 . 8 0-3 . 85 (m, 6H, OCH2CH (OH) CH20H ) , 6 . 3 9 , (s, 2H, Ar-H); 13C NMR (CD30D): d 64.27, 71.88, 73.22, 107.61, 130.31, 143.74.
4,5-Diethyl-9,2 4-bis(3-hydroHypropyl)-16,17-bis((2,3- dihydrouy-propyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-i3,20,25,26,27-pentaasapentacyclo[20.2. i.13'6.1g~11.014,19]heptacosa-3, 5, 8,1 0,12,14(19),15,17,20,22,24-undecaene. [spa B4T2 T8P] 8F, Fig.8. 2,5-Bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol -2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole (336 mg, 0.70 mmol) and 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene (ca 223 mg, 0.77 mmol) were placed in a 1 L round bottom flask with 600 mL of toluene and 175 mL of methanol. The solvents were purged with nitrogen prior to use.
Concentrated HC1 (ca 3 drops) was added and the reaction heated to reflux under nitrogen. After one hour the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed under reduced pressure until the dark brown product precipitated. The remainder of the solvent was decanted off and the product dried in vacuo. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Gadolinium (III) complex of 4,5-Diethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydrouy-propyl)-16,17-bis((2,3-dihydrogypropyl)ouy)-10,23-dimethy WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~j ~ PCT/US93/00107 113, 20, 25, 26, 27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2. i. i3~6. i8°11. 014,19]
heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,ii(27),12,14(i9),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene [GdB4T2Tgp]. 8G, Fig. 8. Two identical reactions containing a mixture of reduced B4T2 texaphyrin ligand, 4,5-Diethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25, 26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.1.
13,6. 18,11. 014,19~heptacosa-3, 5, 8, 10, 12,14 (19) ,15,17, 20, 22, 24 -undecaene, (0.75 g, 0.001 mol), gadolinium (III) acetate tetrahydrate (1.19 g, 0.003 mol), and triethylamine (ca 1 mL) were heated at reflux under air in 750 mL of absolute methanol. After heating for 17 hours the reactions were cooled slightly and air bubbled through the reaction mixture for several minutes. The reactions were then heated to reflux again. After heating for a total of 21 hours the reactions were cooled to room temperature, the solvent removed on a rotary evaporator, and the dark green products combined and dried in vacuo for several hours. The metal complex was dissolved into 100 mL of methanol and 6-8 grams of deactivated silica gel was added. (The silica gel was deactivated by adding a mixture of 6 mL water in 20 mL of methanol to 100 g of silica gel. After thorough mixing, the silica gel was allowed to air dry for 12 hours before bottling). The solvent was carefully removed on a rotary evaporator and the silica/complex mixture dried in vacuo for one hour.
The complex was loaded onto a prepacked column of deactivated silica gel (5 cm length x 3.5 cm diameter) and eluted with chloroform containing increasing amounts of methanol (0-80%). Fractions containing the complex were collected and concentrated to dryness. The green complex was further purified by recrystallization from methanol/anhydrous ethyl ether. 480 mg of product was obtained from the two combined reactions (25%). For the complex: W/vis, ~~R, nm (CH30H) 415, 474, 740; FAB MS
WO 93/14093 pCT/US93/001~"
2~.~75'3(1 -(M+H) + 887; HR MS (M+H) + 887.2977 (calc for C40H51 N5~8158Gd ~ 8 8 7 . 2 9 81 ) .
EXAMPL$ 6 Further derivatives of T~uaphprin.
Intermediates hydroxylated in various positions can be combined to effect the synthesis of a number of compounds. For example, the B4 TBP derivative is synthesized by reacting the intermediate compound 6E from Figure 6 with compound 8D of Figure 8. This constructs a molecule without hydroxyl groups on the tripyrrole moiety but with 4 hydroxyl groups on the benzene ring moiety.
The molecule T2 TgP is synthesized by reacting intermediate 7H in Fig. 7 with 4,5-dimethyl-1,2-phenylenediamine to yield a texaphyrin derivative with two hydroxyls on the tripyrrole portion of the molecule and no hydroxyl substituents on the benzene ring.
A heptahydroxylated target H4T3 TBP is obtained by using the appropriate derivative 3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrole of the pyrrole (structure 7B of Fig. 7) to make the trihydroxylated tripyrrole precursor which is then reacted with compound 8D of Fig. 8.
Figures 11-19 provide specific examples of how one skilled in the art could extend and refine the basic synthetic chemistry outlined in this application so as to produce other hydroxylated texaphyrins equivalent in basic utility to those specifically detailed in the examples. Figure il summarizes the synthesis of polyether-linked polyhydroxylated texaphyrins. Figure 12 summarizes the synthesis of catechol (i.e. benzene diol) texaphyrin derivatives bearing further hydroxyalkyl substituents off the tripyrrane-derived portion of the macrocycle. Figure 13 provides an example of a WO 93/14093 ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 2~~~~~~0 saccharide substituted texaphyrin in which the saccharide is appended via an acetal-like glycosidic linkage.
Figure 14 summarizes the synthesis of a doubly carboxylated texaphyrin system in which the carboxyl groups are linked to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers or functionalized alkyl substituents. The products of this scheme, compounds i4H and i4J could be converted to various esterified products wherein the ester linkages serve to append further hydroxyl-containing substituents.
Figure 15 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives via the use of secondary amide linkages. Figure 16 summarizes the synthesis of another set of polyhydroxyl substituted texaphyrin derivatives using similar amide bonds as in Figure 15. Figure 17 summarizes the synthesis of saccharide substituted texaphyrins, wherein the saccharide moieties are appended via amide bonds. Figure 18 summarizes the synthesis of polyhydroxylated texaphyrin derivatives containing branched polyhydroxyl (polyol) subunits appended to the texaphyrin core via aryl ethers. Figure 19 summarizes how similar polyol subunits may be appended via ester linkages.
Characterisation of new derivatives.
New texaphyrin derivatives may be characterized fully using normal spectroscopic and analytical means, including, X-ray diffraction methods. A complete analysis of the optical properties may be made for new systems under a range of experimental conditions including conditions designed to approximate those in vivo. Detailed analyses, including triplet lifetime and singlet oxygen quantum yield determinations may be made.
The objective is to obtain a complete ground and excited state reactivity profile for each new texaphyrin produced. Questions such as when singlet oxygen production is maximized, how the quantum yield for its formation is influenced by the position of the lowest energy (Q-type) transition, whether aggregation is more prevalent in certain solvents or in the presence of certain biologically important components (e. g. lipids, proteins, etc.), and, finally, whether significant differences in in vitro optical properties are derived from the use of elaborated texaphyrins bearing cationic, anionic, or neutral substituents may be answered.
With newly prepared complexes, screening experiments are carried out. Standard in vitro protocols are used to evaluate the in vitro photo-killing ability of the texaphyrin derivatives in question. For instance, the texaphyrin complexes of choice may be administered in varying concentrations to a variety of cancerous cells and the rate of cell replication determined both in the presence and absence of light. Similarly, texaphyrin complexes of choice may be added to standard viral cultures and the rate of viral growth retardation determined in the presence and absence of light. A
variety of solubilizing carriers will be used to augment the solubility and/or monomeric nature of the texaphyrin photosensitizers and the effect, if any, that these carriers have in adjusting the biodistribution properties of the dyes will be assessed (using primarily fluorescence spectroscopy). Appropriate control experiments are carried out with normal cells so that the intrinsic dark and light toxicity of the texaphyrins may be determined.
From a generalized set of in vitro experimental procedures, a clear picture of the photodynamic capabilities of the texaphyrin derivatives will emerge.
Preliminary toxicity and stability information will result from the in vitro experiments. Particular questions of interest include the texaphyrin derivatives half life under physiological conditions, whether the nature of the central metal influences stability and whether the central cation is affecting cytotoxicity. As discussed in papers published by the present inventors,129 it is not possible to remove the larger bound cations (e.g. Cd2+ or Gd3+) by simple chemical means (Zn2+, however, appears to "fall out" with ease). Preliminary results indicate that the lanthanum(III)-containing texaphyrin complex is not appreciably cytotoxic.
Nonetheless, the question of intrinsic toxicity is one of such central importance that the cytotoxicity of all new systems should be screened in vitro and, where appropriate, further in vivo toxicity studies carried out.
Viral Inactivation by Tauaphyrin Macrocycles.
One aspect of the utility of the present invention is the use of complexes described herein for photon-induced deactivation of viruses and virally infected or potentially infected eucaryotic cells. The general photodeactivation method used in this example was developed by the Infectious Disease and Advanced Laser Applications Laboratories of the Baylor Research Foundation, Dallas, Texas and is a subject of U.S. patent 4,878,891 which is incorporated herein by reference.
The efficiency of some of the porphyrin-like macrocycles in photosensitized inactivation of Herpes Simplex Virus Type 1 (HSV-1) and of human lymphocytes and monocytes, both peripheral mononucleated vascular cells (PMC) and cellular hosts of HIV-1 has been initiated.
Previous studies of viral inactivation using the macrocyclic photosensitizers dihematoporphyrin ether (DHE) or hematoporphyrin derivative (HPD) have shown that with the porphyrins, only those viruses studied which are ~~~r~~ 3U -64-enveloped or possess a membraneous coat are inactivated.
The enveloped viruses studied include HSV-1, cytomegalovirus, measles virus133, and the human immunodeficiency virus HIV-1134.
The photosensitized inactivation of Herpes Simplex Virus, Type 1 (HSV-1) was investigated in culture medium using various macrocycles. Results are listed in Table 1.
Herpes Simplex Virus I Inactivation with Expanded Porphyrin Macrocycle Complexes*
Complex** Conc. (~.M) %Survival Viral Infectivity lC 20 12 2.5 20 0.25 100 5B(where M=Cd) 20 4 2.5 42 0.25 100 * All light irradiation at ~ max absorption and to give a light fluence of 10 J/cm2 ** Structural formulas in Figures 1 and 5.
The two cadmium-containing macrocycles (1~, 5B (where M is Cd)), at concentrations of 20 ~,M demonstrated ~ 90%
viral inactivation as judged by viral plaque assay.
WO 93/14093 ~ PCT/US93/00107 ~~ ~'~J,~ ~
The macrocycle photosensitizing studies employed enveloped HSV-1 as the model for screening based on its ease of propagation and assessment of infectivity in cell v culture. The screening procedure for photoinactivation of HSV-1 was similar to the methods previously described.135 Essentially, selected macrocycles at different concentrations were added to a cell-free suspension of 106 PFU/ml of HSV-1. The viral suspensions were irradiated at the optimal absorption wavelength of the selected dye at different light-energy densities.
Controls consisted of (1) nonirradiated virus, (2) virus irradiated in the absence of macrocycle, and (3) virus treated with selected concentrations of macrocycle and maintained in the dark. All samples were then assessed for viral infectivity by determining the number of PFU/ml in Vero cells.
Viral suspensions were serially diluted and subsequently absorbed onto Vero cell monolayers for 1 1/2 hours at 37°C. An overlay medium was added and the cells incubated at 37°C for 3-4 days. The overlay medium was then removed, the monolayers fixed with methanol and tinctured with Giemsa, and individual plaques counted under a dissecting microscope. Uninfected cell cultures also were exposed to the macrocycle complexes to rule out direct cytotoxic effects.
The inactivation of PMC~s in the absence and presence of light after exposure to concentrations of complex iC
a 30 in whole human plasma ranging from 0.015 to 38 ~.M is shown in Figures 9 and 10. Inactivation was judged by mitogenic assay. Toxicity onset with iC (see Figure 1) and 2H (M=Zn+ +, see Figure 2) in the absence of light was between 0.15 and 1.5 ~M (Figure 9). As shown by mitogenic assay in Figure 10, aerobic photosensitization of cells exposed to lC at 0.15 ~.M concentration and 20 joules/cm2 of 770 nm wavelength light caused significant inhibition of the cellular division of PMC's. Moderate increase in either photosensitizes concentration or light dosage is expected to result in essentially complete cellular inactivation.
Results indicate that the expanded porphyrin-like macrocycles should be efficient photosensitizers for free HIV-1 and infected mononuclear cells. Altering the polarity and electrical charges of side groups of these macrocycles is anticipated to alter the degree, rate, and perhaps sites) of binding to free enveloped viruses such as HIV-1 and to virally-infected peripheral mononuclear cells, thus modulating photosensitizes take-up and photosensitization of leukemia or lymphoma cells contaminating bone-marrow as well.
EgAMPLE 9 Antibody Conjugates Radioisotopes play a central role in the detection and treatment of neoplastic disorders. Improving their efficacy in medical applications involves attaching radioisotopes to tumor-directed monoclonal antibodies and their fragments. Radiolabeled antibodies could therefore serve as "magic bullets" and allow the direct transport of radioisotopes to neoplastic sites thus minimizing whole body exposure to radiation.17T1g7 The use of bifunctional metal chelating agents in radioimmunodiagnostics (RID) and therapy (RIT) is most closely related to the present invention.
Bifunctional metal chelating agents for use in antibody conjugate-based treatment and diagnostic applications must 1) have functional groups suitable for conjugation to the antibody, 2) form covalent linkages that are stable in vivo and which do not destroy the immunological competence of the antibody, 3) be WO 93/14093 ~ ~ c~ r~ -~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 ~,e r s~
relatively nontoxic, and 4) bind and retain the radiometal of interest under physiological conditions.187-191 The last of these conditions is particularly severe.
' The potential damage arising from "free" radioisotopes, released from the conjugate, can be very serious. On the other hand, only nanomole concentrations of isotopes, and hence ligand, are generally required for RID and RIT
applications, so that the concerns associated with intrinsic metal and/or free ligand toxicity are somewhat l0 relaxed.
For the purposes of imaging, an ideal isotope should be readily detectable by available monitoring techniques and induce a minimal radiation-based toxic response. In practice these and other necessary requirements implicate the use of a y-ray emitter in the 100 to 250 KeV range, which possesses a short effective half-life (biological and/or nuclear), decays to stable products, and, of course, is readily available under clinical conditions.178-180 To date, therefore, most attention has focused on 1311 (tl/2 = 193h) , 123I (t1~2 = 13h) , 99n'Tc (tl~ _ 6. 0 h) , 67Ga (tl/2 = 78h) , and 111In (t1~2 = 67 , 4h) which come closest to meeting these criteria.192 Each of these enjoys advantages and disadvantages with respect to antibody labeling for RID. 1311 and 1231, for instance, are easily conjugated to antibodies via electrophilic aromatic substitution of tyrosine residues,193 The metabolism of 1311 or 1231 labeled proteins, however, produces free radioactive iodide anion and as a result can lead to a fair concentration of radioactivity at sites other than those targeted by the antibody-derived "magic bullet" .193 The half-lives of both 1311 and 1231 are relatively inconvenient for optimal use, being too long and too short, respectively, and the fact that 1311 is also a ~ emitter.192 99n'Tc, 6~Ga, and 111In all suffer from the disadvantage that they cannot be bound directly to the antibody in a satisfactory fashion and require the use of a bifunctional conjugate. The chemistry of such systems is furthest advanced in the case of ~'~'Tc, and a number of effective ligands, are now available for the purpose of ~Tc administration.178-188,194 This radioisotope has a very short half-life which makes it technically very difficult to work with. Both 67Ga and 111In have longer half-lives and possess desirable emission energies. Both are "hard" cations with high charge density in their most common trivalent forms. No suitable ligands exist for either 111In3+ or 67Ga3+ which form stable nonlabile complexes and which might be suitable for radioimmunological applications. As described elsewhere herein texaphyrin forms a kinetically and hydrolytically stable complex with In3+. Such a ligand system may be elaborated and serve as the critical core of a bifunctional conjugate for use in 111In-based RID.
Many of the same considerations hold true for radioisotope-based therapy as do for radioisotope-based diagnostics: An ideal isotope must also be readily available under clinical conditions (i.e. from a simple decay-based generator),178 possess a reasonable half-life (i.e. on the order of 6 hours to 4 weeks), and decay to stable products. In addition, the radioisotope must provide good ionizing radiation (i.e. in the 300 KeV to 3 MeV range). A number of S emitters, including 1311, are currently receiving attention as possible candidates for RIT. Among the more promising, are 186Re (t1~2 = 90 h, ' 67Cu (t1~2 = 58. 5 h) , and ~Y (tl~z = 65 h) . Of these, ~Y
is currently considered the best,192,197 with an emission energy of 2.28 MeV, it is calculated to deliver roughly 3 to 4 times more energy (dose) to the tumor per nanomole than either 186Re or 67Cu. Good immuno-compatible chelands exist for only 186Re and 67Cu, the former may be ~:~~~1 ~~0 attached using the same ligands as were developed for 99n'Tc,194 and the latter via the rationally-designed activated porphyrins developed by Prof. Lavallee of Hunter College and the Los Alamos INC-11 team.191 Further benefits should be derived from a bifunctional conjugate which is capable of forming stable, nonlabile complexes with 90Y3+ (which cannot be done with porphyrins). The texaphyrin ligand of the present invention not only forms stable complexes with In3+ but also binds y3+
effectively. A texaphyrin-type bifunctional conjugate may be prepared for use in 111In-based RID and in 90Y-based RIT. Both 90Y and 111In could conceivably be attached to an antibody of choice using a functionalized texaphyrin. The Y3+ and In3+ complexes of texaphyrin are formed rapidly (insertion and oxidation times are less than 3 hours) from the methylene-linked reduced precursor, and are hydrolytically stable in 1:1 methanol-water mixtures (the half-lives for decomplexation and/or ligand decomposition exceed 3 weeks in both cases.
The hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin molecules of the present invention are especially suited for acting as bifunctional chelating agents in antibody conjugate-based treatment since they have functional groups suitable for conjugation to the antibody, they form covalent linkages that are stable in vivo which do not destroy the immunological competence of the antibody, they are relatively nontoxic, and they are readily soluble in a physiological environment. A further advantage of these soluble texaphyrins is that many of these would be suitable for further functionalization. Treatment of carboxylated texaphyrins with thionyl chloride or p-nitrophenol acetate would generate activated acyl species suitable for attachment to monoclonal antibodies or other biomolecules of interest. Standard in situ coupling methods (e.g. 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI)202) could be PCT/ US93/001 (~'' used to effect the conjugation. The ability to attach and deliver a potent photosensitizes directly to a tumor locus could have tremendous potential benefit in the treatment of neoplastic disorders. In addition, this approach will allow a variety of useful radioisotopes such as ~Y and 111In to be attached to a monoclonal antibody.
The hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin molecules of the present invention are also suited for delivering radioactivity to a tumor on their own since they chelate radioisotopes and have intrinsic biolocalization selectivity.
Magnetic resonance Imagiag Enhancement, Imaging with B2T2 in vivo.
In many respects the key to cancer control lies in early detection and diagnosis as it does in subsequent therapeutic management. New techniques which allow neoplastic tissue to be observed and recognized at an early stage of development thus have a critical role to play in the battle against these disorders. One such promising technique is magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).1~1~ Although quite new, this noninvasive, apparently innocuous method, is now firmly entrenched as a diagnostic tool of prime importance, complementing or, in some cases, supplanting computer assisted X-ray tomography as the method of choice for solid tumor detection.
The physical basis of current l~tI methods has its origin in the fact that in a strong magnetic field the nuclear spins of water protons in different tissues relax back to equilibrium at different rates. When these local, tissue-dependent relaxation differences are large, WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 tissue differentiation can be effected. Paramagnetic compounds, containing one or more unpaired spins, enhance the relaxation rates for the water protons in which they are dissolved.141 The extent of this enhancement is termed relaxivity. At present, only one paramagnetic MRI
contrast agent is in clinical use, the bis(N-methyl-glucamine) salt of Gd(III) diethylenetriaminepentaacetate, (MEG)2[Gd(DTPA)(H20)]
(c. f. structure 10)1-153 marketed by Berlex Laboratories.
This dianionic complex localizes selectively in extracellular regions, and is being used primarily in the visualization of the capillary lesions associated with cerebral tumors.1~148 Considerable effort has been devoted to the development of new potential MRI contrast agents.156 Most of this work has centered around preparing new complexes of Gd ( III ) .156'164,171-172 The emphasis on Gd ( III ) salts stems from the fact that this cation, with 7 unpaired f-electrons, has a higher magnetic moment than other paramagnetic cations such as Fe(III) and Mn(II),139-140 Thus complexes of Gd(III) would be expected to be superior relaxation agents than those derived from Mn(II) or Fe(III). In addition, both iron and, to a lesser extent, manganese are sequestered and stored very efficiently in humans (and many other organisms) by a variety of specialized metal-binding systems.173 Moreover both iron and manganese are capable of existing in a range of oxidation states and are known to catalyze a variety of deleterious Fenton-type free-radical reactions.174 Gadolinium(III), which suffers from neither of these deficiencies, thus appears to offer many advantages. As is true for Fe(III) and Mn(II), the aqueous solution of Gd(III) is too toxic to be used directly for MRI imaging at the 0.01 to 1 mM
concentrat ions required f or ef f ect ive enhancement .139,140 2I2~~~fl Hence the emphasis is on developing new agents which, as is true for DTPA, form hydrolytically stable complexes in vivo with Gd(III) and/or other paramagnetic cations. A
number of such ligands, including the very promising DOTA156-162 and EHPG163,164 systems, are now known (c. f .
reference 140 for an extensive review). In almost all cases, however, reliance is made on the same basic philosophical approach. Specifically, for Gd(III) binding, carboxylates, phenolates, and/or other anionic chelating groups are being used to generate intrinsically labile complexes of high thermodynamic stability in the hope that such high thermodynamic stability will translate into a kinetic stability that is sufficient for in vivo applications. Little effort is currently being devoted to the preparation of nonlabile Gd(III) complexes that would in and of themselves enjoy a high kinetic stability. The problem seems to be quite simply that such systems are hard to make. For instance, unlike the transition metal cations which are bound well to porphyries (a synthetically versatile ligand which is readily subject to modification and which, at least for [Mn ( III ) TPPS ] 138, and other water soluble analogues,165-169 shows good relaxivity and good tumor localizing properties), Gd(III) forms only weak and/or hydrolytically unstable complexes with porphyrins,165c,169,175 although other simple macrocyclic amine- and imine-derived ligands171,172,176 will support stable complexes with certain members of the lanthanide series and do show some promise, as yet unrealized, of acting as supporting chelands for Gd(III)-based MRI
applications.
According to the present invention nonlabile Gd(III) complexes of hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins prove to be useful contrast agents for MRI applications. Hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins are capable of stabilizing complexes with a variety of di- and trivalent cations, including Cd2+ , Hg2+ ~ Lu+3 ~ Gd+3 ~ and La+3 . Such complexes are particularly soluble in physiological environments.
liagnetic Reaonaace Imaging with H2T2 in vivo The T282 gadolinium complex showed low toxicity and good tissue selectivity in magnetic resonance imaging enhancement.
Imaging: Scanning was performed using a circumferential transmit/receive coil (Medical Advances, Milwaukee, WI) in the bore of a 1.5 Tesla'~'~Signa scanner (GE Medical Systems, Milwaukee, WI). Normal male Sprague-Dawley rats (n=5) weighing from 280-320 grams and rats bearing subcutaneously implanted methylcholanthrene-induced fibrosarcomas in their left flanks (n=4) were studied. Tumor size at the time of the study ranged from 2.5 to 3.5 cm in widest diameter. The rats were 2o anesthetized with 90 mg/kg of ketamine (Vetalar, Aveco Corporation, Fort Dodge, IO) and 10 mg/kg of xylazine (Rompun, Mobay Corporation, Shawnee, KS) intraperitoneally. Following the insertion of an intravenous catheter in the tail vein, each animal was placed in supine (normal rats) or prone (tumor-bearing rats) position in the center of the coil. Coronal and axial T1 weighted images were obtained of each animal using a spin echo pulse sequence with the following parameters: TR 300 cosec, TE 15 cosec, slice thickness 5 mm, matrix 128 x 256, field of view 10 cm, 4 excitations and no phase wrap. Next, 17 umol/kg of the Gd(III)texaphyrin complex dissolved in normal saline was infused at a rate of 0.25 ml/min intravenously and repeat images were obtained at 10-15 minutes post contrast. One tumor-bearing rat was studied at 6 and 28 hours post-contrast. All tuning parameters and the rats' positions were kept identical in the pre and post contrast scans.
W093/14093~~~r~~L~~
1 ' J U PCT/US93/00107 Image Analysis: Operator defined regions of interest (ROI) measurements were made on axial slices of all pre and 10-15 minutes post contrast studies. Regions in which measurements were made included the right lobes of the livers and the whole kidneys in the normal rats and the whole tumor in tumor-bearing rats. In addition, large ROI's of background air were measured for standardization purposes. Standardized signal intensities (SSI) were calculated as follows: signal intensity (SI) of organ/ SI air. An unpaired Student s t test was used to compare pre contrast and post contrast SSIs.
Touicity: At 24 hours, there were no deaths in the mice injected i.p. although those receiving the highest dose (312.5 umol/kg) appeared lethargic. Autopsies of two mice from each dosage group revealed some edema and pallor of the liver and kidneys in the two groups receiving the highest doses (312.5 and 156.3 umol/kg).
Autopsies from the remaining groups were normal. At 48 hours, the remaining mice (n=3 in each dosage group) in the two highest dosage groups died. The animals in the three lower dosage groups demonstrated no morbidity.
There was no mortality or evidence of morbidity in the rats during the month of observation after scanning.
$ahancament: Liver SSI increased by 81.7% (p <
0.001), kidney by 114.9% (p < 0.001) and tumor by 49.7%
(p < 0.02) from pre to 10-15 minutes post contrast.
There was no significant difference in enhancement between the right and left lobe of the liver and between the two kidneys. Pre contrast, tumor parenchyma appeared homogeneous and of an intensity similar to adjacent muscle. Post contrast, tumor tissue demonstrated a mottled pattern of enhancement and was easily distinguished from adjacent tissues. The MRI appearance reflected the heterogeneous appearance of the tumor 2~~~~
grossly which consists of necrotic tissue surrounded by viable stroma. In addition, in the one animal studied at 6 and 28 hours post contrast, there was visible tumor enhancement throughout the study period. The pattern of enhancement, however, changed over time, with enhancement starting at the edges of the tumor initially and including the center by 28 hours.
These results show that the T2B2 gadolinium complex is an hepatic, renal and tumor-specific contrast agent.
The agent was found to have relatively low toxicity in rodents. Intravenous administration resulted in statistically significant hepatic, renal and tumor enhancement in rats within 10-15 minutes with persistence of tumor enhancement for up to 28 hours. The early enhancement of tumor edges may represent contrast localization in areas of viable tumor. The later appearance of the tumor probably was caused by passive diffusion of some of the agent into central necrotic areas. It is unclear whether a selective transport or passive diffusion mechanism is responsible for initial tumor enhancement with GD(III)texaphyrin and whether intracellular binding to peripheral-type benzodiazepene receptors occurs. The tumor could be differentiated from adjacent tissues for up to 28 hours.
The chemical properties of this texaphyrin class of macrocyclic ligands can be varied by peripheral substitution, which would allow biological properties to be optimized in terms of biodistribution, pharmacokinetics and toxicity.
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Atheroma.
The gadolinium complex of B2T2 [4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-~~Z l ~i~
pentaazapentacyclo [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 .18~ 11. 014,19 ] heptacosa-1, 3 , 5 , 7 9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene] shOWs accumulation in human cadaveric aorta. Two aortas obtained from autopsies were examined using magnetic resonance imaging before and after incubation in vitro for 15 minutes with the gadolinium complex of B2T2.
Selective labeling of the endothelial cell surface and atheromas plaque relative to surrounding tissue was observed. These data indicate that the Gd(III)B2T2 complex has utility in the non-invasive imaging of atheroma.
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Opper GI Tract.
The gadolinium complex of B2T2 [4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20. 2 .1.13'6. ig~ll. 014,19~heptacosa-1, 3, 5, 7 9,11(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene] shows accumulation in the upper GI tract, especially the stomach, as determined by magnetic resonance imaging.
Photodynamic Therapy, In vitro and In vivo Experiments In vitro data and experiments. The lanthanum complex of B2T2 [4,5-diethyl-10,23-dimethyl-9,24-bis(3-hydroxypropyl)-16,17-(3-hydroxypropyloxy)-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyc to [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6.1g~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa-1, 3 , 5 , 7,9,i1(27),12,14(19),15,17,20,22(25),23-tridecaene]
(LaB2T2) was used at concentrations of 5.0, 1.0 or 0.1 micromolar in tissue culture medium. The murine mammary carcinoma cell line designated EMT-6 was cultured in medium containing LaB2T2 for 1 hour or 3 hours in the dark. Experimental cultures were irradiated with 10 Joules/cm2 using an arc lamp with a 750 nanometer band pass filter. Cell survival was measured using a cell '~1w7 ~_~~
_77_ cloning assay. There was no dark toxicity indicating that LaB2T2 had no direct toxicity to the cells.
Cultures which were irradiated with the visible red light ' showed viabilities of 3%, 50% and 100% for concentrations of LaB2T2 of 5.0, 1.0 and 0.1 micromolar respectively.
The results were similar for 1 and 3 hour incubation periods. The results established that LaB2T2 was phototoxic to these tumor cells in vitro.
In vivo euperiments. Murine adenocarcinoma cells were inoculated into both flanks of Balb/c mice. Four days later, palpable tumor masses were present on both flanks of the mice. Ten mg/kg of lutetium B2T2 (LuB2T2) in aqueous solution was injected IV. Seven hours later, one tumor mass was irradiated with 500 Joules of Argon laser light at 746 nanometers. The unirradiated tumor served as a control. Animals were monitored daily and tumor measurements were made using calipers. Following a single treatment, 65% cell kill was estimated based on the reduction in size of the treated tumors. No phototoxicity of skin or normal tissues surrounding the tumors was observed indicating relatively selective uptake of the LuB2T2 in the tumors. This experiment established the in vivo photodynamic activity of LuB2T2 in vivo.
The hydroxy-substituted texaphyrins can be conjugated to biological molecules, especially proteins of molecular weight greater than about 20,000 daltons, e.g. albumin and gamma globulin, in order to slow their clearance by the kidneys. A prolonged presence of these complexes in tissue may be desirable for photoirradiation purposes.
The conjugation would be accomplished as described in Example 9 for antibody conjugates.
~~~'~a~ -~s-Hydrosy-substituted Tesaphyrins in Magnetic Resonance Imaging followed by Photodynamic Therapy for Tumor Destruction This example describes a use of the present invention of hydroxy substituted texaphyrins in the destruction of tumor tissue. A detectable metal complex of a water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog retaining lipophilicity, said complex exhibiting selective biolocalization in benign or malignant tumor cells relative to surrounding tissue is administered as a first agent to a host harboring benign or malignant tumor cells. Localization sites in the host are determined by reference to the detectable metal. A
water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog-detectable-metal complex retaining lipophilicity and having essentially identical biolocalization property and exhibiting the ability to generate singlet oxygen upon exposure to light will be administered as a second agent. The second agent is photoirradiated in proximity to the benign or malignant tumor cells, as is using fiber optics, to cause tumor tissue destruction from the singlet oxygen produced. The water soluble hydroxy-substituted aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrin analog retaining lipophilicity is a hydroxy-substituted texaphyrin although one skilled in the art can see from the foregoing that substituted sapphyrins, pentaphyrins or other macrocyclic ligands capable of chelating a metal, soluble in aqueous fluids and localizing in a lipid rich environment may be of particular value. The detectable metal in the first agent is a paramagnetic metal, preferably Gd(III) or a gamma emitting metal. The localization sites are determined using MRI when a paramagnetic metal is used and gamma body scanning when a gamma emitting metal is used. The detectable metal in the second agent is a t WO 93/14093 PCT/(JS93/00107 r diamagnetic metal, preferably La(III), Lu(III) or In(III). Texaphyrin-metal complexes will be chosen which themselves show a high intrinsic biolocalization selectivity for tumors or neoplastic tissues. For example, the B2T2 Gd(III) complex demonstrates in vivo affinity for tissue high in lipid content, atheroma, the liver, kidneys and tumors. When appropriately followed by fiber optic photodynamic therapy, cells in the atheroma or tumor can be deactivated.
The hydroxy substituted diamagnetic texaphyrin complexes are good candidates for such biomedical photosensitizers. They are easily available, have low intrinsic cytotoxicity, long wavelength absorption, generate singlet oxygen, are soluble in physiological environments, have the ability to be conjugated to site specific transport molecules, have quick elimination, are stable and are easily subject to synthetic modification.
c~ ~~ ~ ~ a REFERENCEB
1. "The Porphyrins"; Dolphin, D., Ed.; Academic Press:
New York, 1978-1979; Vols. I-VII.
2. "Superphthalocyanine", a pentaaza aromatic phthalocyanine-like system was prepared by a uranyl-medicated condensation; it is not obtainable as the free-l0 base or in other metal-containing forms: (a) Day, V. W.;
Marks, T. J.; Wachter, W. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 4519-4527. (b) Marks, T. J.; Stojakovic, D. R. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 1695-1705. (c) Cuellar, E. A.;
Marks, T. J. Inorg. Chem: 1981, 20, 3766-3770.
3. Bauer, V. J.; Clive, D. R.; Dolphin, D.; Paine, J. B.
III; Harris, F. L.; King, M. M.; Loder, J.; Wang, S.-W.
C.; Woodward, R. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1983, 105, 6429-6436. To date only tetracoordinated metal complexes have been prepared from these potentially pentadentate ligands.
4. For an example of a porphyrin-like system with a smaller central cavity, see: (a) Vogel, E; Kocher, M.;
Schmickler, H.; Lex, J. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 262-263;
Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1986, 25, 257-258. (b) VOgel, E.; BalCl, M.; Pramod, K., KOCh, P.; LEX, J.;
Ermer, O. Angew. Chem. 1987, 26, 928-931; Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1987, 26, 928-931.
5. Mertes et al. have recently characterized a five-coordinate copper complex of an elegant (but nonaromatic) porphyrin-like "accordion" ligand derived from dipyrromethines: (a) Acholla, F. V.; Mertes, K. B.
Tetrahedron Lett. 1984, 3269-3270. (b) Acholla, F. V.;
Takusagawa, F.; Mertes, K. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 6902-6908. Four-coordinate copper complexes of other WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 nonaromatic pyrrole-containing macrocycles have also been prepared recently: Adams, H.; Bailey, N. A.; Fenton, D.
A.; Moss, S.; Rodriguez de Barbarin, C. O.; Jones, G. J.
' Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1986, 693-699; Fenton, D. E.;
Moody, R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1987, 219-220.
6. Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R; Johnson, A. W. J. Chem.
Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1972, 2111-2116.
7. (a) Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R.; Johnson, A. W. J.
Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1969, 23-24. Broadhurst, M.
J.; Grigg, R.; Johnson, A. W. J. Chem. Soc., Chem.
Commun. 1969, 1480-1482. Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R.;
Johnson, A. W. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1970, 807-809.
8. (a) Berger, R. A.; LeGoff, E. Tetrahedron Lett. 1978, 4225-4228. (b) LeGoff. E.; Weaver, O. G. J. Org. Chem.
1987, 710-711.
9. (a) Rexhausen, H.; Gossauer, A. J. Chem. Soc. Chem.
Commun. 1983, 275. (b) Gossauer, A. Bull. Soc. Chim.
Belg. 1983, 92, 793-795.
10. Gosmann, M.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 1107-1108; Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1986, 25, 1100-1101.
11. The systematic name for compounds 2 is 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-10,23-dimethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyclo[20.2.1.13~6.1g~11.014,19~heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,11(27),12,14,16,18,20,22(25),23-tridecaene.
12. Nonaromatic planar pentadentate pyridine-derived ligands are known. See, for instance: (a) Curtis, N. F.
In Coordination Chemistry of Macrocyclic Compounds;
Melson, G. A., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1979; Chapter 4.
(b) Nelson, S. M. Pure Appl. Chem. 1980, 52, 2461-2476.
WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/OOlO~
(c) Ansell, C. W. G.; Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R.; Ramsden, J. N.; Schroder, M. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1982, 546-547. (d) Lewis, J.; O'Donoghue, T. D.; Raithby, P. R.
J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1980, 1383-1389. (e) Constable, E. C.; Chung, L.-Y.; Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R.
J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1986, 1719-1720. (f) Constable, E. C.; Holmes, J. M.; McQueen, R. C. S. J.
Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1987, 5-8.
13. (a) Sessler, J. L.; Johnson, M. R.; Lynch, V. J.
Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4394-4397. (b) Sessler, J. L.;
Murai, T.; Lynch, V.; Cyr, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 5586-5588.
14. Sessler, J. L.; Johnson, M. R.; Lynch, V.; Murai, T.
J. Coord. Chem., 1988, 18, 99-104 15. Satisfactory spectroscopic, mass spectrometric, and/or analytical data were obtained for all new compounds.
16. OEP = octaethylporphyrin and TPP =
tetraphenylporphyrin; the prefixes H2 and Cd refer to the free-base and cadmium(II) forms, respectively; pyr =
pyridine.
17. (a) Scheer, H.; Katz, J. J. In Porphyries and Metalloporphyrins; Smith, K., Ed.; Elsevier: Amsterdam, 1975; Chapter 10. (b) Janson, T. R.; Katz, J. J.; in ref.
1, Vol. IV, Chapter 1.
18. Gouterman, M., in ref. 1, Vol. III, Chapter 1.
19. Becker, R. S.; Allison, J. B. J. Phys. Chem. 1963, 67, 2669.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 20. Texaphyrin 1~~N03 was crystallized from CHC13-hexanes in a triclinic space group.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 20. Texaphyrin 1~~N03 was crystallized from CHC13-hexanes in a triclinic space group.
21. Hoard, J. L., In Porphyrins and Metalloporphyrins;
Smith, K., Ed.; Elsevier: Amsterdam, 1975; Chapter 8.
Smith, K., Ed.; Elsevier: Amsterdam, 1975; Chapter 8.
22. Hazell, A. Acta Crystallogr., Sect. C: Cryst. Struct.
Commun. 1986, C42, 296-299.
Commun. 1986, C42, 296-299.
23. Rodesiler, P. F.; Griffith, E. H.; Ellis, P. D.;
Aroma, E. L. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1980, 492-493.
Aroma, E. L. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1980, 492-493.
24. (a) Miller, J. R. borough, G. D. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1952, 74, 3977-3981. (b) Kirksey, C. H.; Hambright, P.
Inorg. Chem. 1970, 9, 958-960.
1952, 74, 3977-3981. (b) Kirksey, C. H.; Hambright, P.
Inorg. Chem. 1970, 9, 958-960.
25. The bispyridine cadmium complex, of compound lC, appears to be the first seven-coordinate cadmium complex derived from all nitrogen donors. For examples of other pentagonal bipyramidal cadmium complexes, see: (a) Cameron, A. F.; Taylor, D. W.; Nuttall, R. H. J. Chem.
Soc., Dalton Traps. 1972, 1608-1614. (b) Liles, D. C.;
McPartlin, M.; Tasker, P. A.; Lip, H. C.; Lindoy, L. F.
J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1976, 549-551. (c) Nelson, S. M.; McFall, S. G.; Drew, M. G. B.; Othman, A. H. B.;
Mason, N. G. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1977, 167-168.
(d) Drew, M. G. B. Othman, A. H. B.; McFall, S. G.;
McIlroy, A. D. A.; Nelson, S. M. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Traps. 1977, 1173-1180. (e) Charles, N. G. Griffith, E.
A. H.; Rodesiler, P. F.; Aroma, E. L. Inorg. Chem. 1983, 22, 2717-2723.
Soc., Dalton Traps. 1972, 1608-1614. (b) Liles, D. C.;
McPartlin, M.; Tasker, P. A.; Lip, H. C.; Lindoy, L. F.
J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1976, 549-551. (c) Nelson, S. M.; McFall, S. G.; Drew, M. G. B.; Othman, A. H. B.;
Mason, N. G. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1977, 167-168.
(d) Drew, M. G. B. Othman, A. H. B.; McFall, S. G.;
McIlroy, A. D. A.; Nelson, S. M. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Traps. 1977, 1173-1180. (e) Charles, N. G. Griffith, E.
A. H.; Rodesiler, P. F.; Aroma, E. L. Inorg. Chem. 1983, 22, 2717-2723.
26. Of the many oxidants available, each would need to be tested individually for suitable oxidizing ability for each Texaphyrin derivative.
WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/0010'1 ~~.2'~~3~ -84-27. Whitlock, H. W., Jr.; Buchanan, D. H. Tetrahedron Lett. 1969, 42, 3711-3714.
WO 93/14093 PCT/US93/0010'1 ~~.2'~~3~ -84-27. Whitlock, H. W., Jr.; Buchanan, D. H. Tetrahedron Lett. 1969, 42, 3711-3714.
28. Fischer, H.; Guggemos, H.; Schafer, A. Liebigs Ann.
Chem. 1939, 540, 30-50.
Chem. 1939, 540, 30-50.
29. Johnson, A. W.; Kay I. T.; Markham, E.; Price, P.;
Shaw, K. B., J. Chem. Soc. 1959, 3416-3424.
Shaw, K. B., J. Chem. Soc. 1959, 3416-3424.
30. Cotton, F. A.; Wilkinson, G. "Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, 4~ ed.," John Wiley, New York, 1980, pp. 589 and 982.
31. The systematic name for this compound is 4,5,9,24-tetraethyl-10,16,17,23-tetramethyl-13,20,25,26,27-pentaazapentacyc lo- [ 2 0 . 2 .1.13'6 . ig~ 11. 014,19 ~ heptacosa-1,3,5,7,9,11(27),12,14,16,18,20,22(25),23-tridecaene.
32. (a) Buchler, J. W.; Cian, A. D.; Fischer, J.; Kihn-Botulinski, M.; Paulus, H.; Weiss, R. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1986, 108, 3652-2659. (b) Buchler, J. W.; Cian, A. D.;
Fischer, J.; Kinh-Botulinski, M.; Weiss, R. Inorg. Chem.
1988, 27, 339-345. (c) Buchler, J. W.; Scharbert, B. J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 4272-4276. (d) Buchler, J. W.;
Kapellmann, H. G.; Knoff, M.; Lay, K. L.; Pfeifer, S. Z.
Naturforsch. 1983, 38b, 1339-1345.
1986, 108, 3652-2659. (b) Buchler, J. W.; Cian, A. D.;
Fischer, J.; Kinh-Botulinski, M.; Weiss, R. Inorg. Chem.
1988, 27, 339-345. (c) Buchler, J. W.; Scharbert, B. J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 4272-4276. (d) Buchler, J. W.;
Kapellmann, H. G.; Knoff, M.; Lay, K. L.; Pfeifer, S. Z.
Naturforsch. 1983, 38b, 1339-1345.
33. Horrocks, W. D.; Hove, E. G. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 4386-4392.
34. Lyon, R. C.; Faustino, P. J.; Cohen, J. S.; Katz, A.;
Mornex, F.; Colcher, D.; Baglin, C.; Koenig, S. H.;
Hambright, P. Magn. Reson. Med. 1987, 4, 24-33.
Mornex, F.; Colcher, D.; Baglin, C.; Koenig, S. H.;
Hambright, P. Magn. Reson. Med. 1987, 4, 24-33.
35. Sessler, J. L.; Cyr, M.; Murai, T. Comm. Inorg.
Chem., 1988, 7, 333.
~~~~~:1~
Chem., 1988, 7, 333.
~~~~~:1~
36. Stark, W. M.; Baker, M. G.; Raithby, P. R.; Leeper, F. J.; Battersby, A. R. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun.
1985, 1294.
1985, 1294.
37. For reviews see: (a) Drew, M. G. B. Prog. Inorg.
Chem. 1977, 23, 67-210. (b) Melson, G. A. in "Coordination Chemistry of Macrocyclic Compounds", Melson, G. A., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1979, Chapter 1.
(c) N. F. Curtis, in "Coordination Chemistry of Macrocyclic Compounds", Melson, G. A., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1979, Chapter 4. (d) Nelson, S. M. Pure and Appl.
Chem. 1980, 52, 2461-2476. (e) Lindoy, L. F. in "Synthesis of Macrocycles", Izatt, R. M. and Christensen, J. J., Eds.; J. Wiley: New York, 1987, Chapter 2. (f) Newkome, G. R.; Gupta, V. K.; Sauer, J. D. in "Heterocyclic Chemistry", Newkome, G. R., Ed.; J. Wiley:
New York, 1984, Vol. 14, Chapter 3. (g) De Sousa, M.;
Rest, A. J. Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 1978, 21, 1-40.
(h) See also ref. 12.
Chem. 1977, 23, 67-210. (b) Melson, G. A. in "Coordination Chemistry of Macrocyclic Compounds", Melson, G. A., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1979, Chapter 1.
(c) N. F. Curtis, in "Coordination Chemistry of Macrocyclic Compounds", Melson, G. A., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1979, Chapter 4. (d) Nelson, S. M. Pure and Appl.
Chem. 1980, 52, 2461-2476. (e) Lindoy, L. F. in "Synthesis of Macrocycles", Izatt, R. M. and Christensen, J. J., Eds.; J. Wiley: New York, 1987, Chapter 2. (f) Newkome, G. R.; Gupta, V. K.; Sauer, J. D. in "Heterocyclic Chemistry", Newkome, G. R., Ed.; J. Wiley:
New York, 1984, Vol. 14, Chapter 3. (g) De Sousa, M.;
Rest, A. J. Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 1978, 21, 1-40.
(h) See also ref. 12.
38. For recent examples of bipyridine-derived systems and related pentadentate ligands, see: (a) Ansell, C. W. G.;
Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R.; Ramsden, J. N.; Schroder, M.
J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1982, 546-547. (b) Lewis, J.; O'Donoghue, T. D.; Raithby, P. R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans., 1980, 1383-1389. (c) Constable, E. C.;
Chung, L.-Y.; Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1986, 1719-1720. (d) Constable, E. C.;
Holmes, J. M.; McQueen, R. C. S. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans., 1987, 5-8.
Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R.; Ramsden, J. N.; Schroder, M.
J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1982, 546-547. (b) Lewis, J.; O'Donoghue, T. D.; Raithby, P. R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans., 1980, 1383-1389. (c) Constable, E. C.;
Chung, L.-Y.; Lewis, J.; Raithby, P. R. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1986, 1719-1720. (d) Constable, E. C.;
Holmes, J. M.; McQueen, R. C. S. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans., 1987, 5-8.
39. Chemical & Engineering News August 8, 1988, 26-27.
40. For a recent review see: Lauffer, R. B. Chem. Rev.
1987, 87, 901-927.
2~.2'~'~J~
1987, 87, 901-927.
2~.2'~'~J~
41. Kornguth, S. E.; Turski, P. A.; Penman, W. H.;
Schultz, R.; Kalinke, T.; Reale, R.; Raybaud, F. J.
Neurosurg. 1987, 66, 898-906.
Schultz, R.; Kalinke, T.; Reale, R.; Raybaud, F. J.
Neurosurg. 1987, 66, 898-906.
42. Koenig, S. H.; Spiller, M.; Brown, R. D.; Wolf, G. L.
Invest. Radiol. 1986, 21, 697-704. -43. Cacheris, W. P.; Nickle, S. K.; Sherry, A. D. Inorg.
Chem. 1987, 26, 958-960.
Invest. Radiol. 1986, 21, 697-704. -43. Cacheris, W. P.; Nickle, S. K.; Sherry, A. D. Inorg.
Chem. 1987, 26, 958-960.
44. (a) Loncin, M. F.; Desreux, J. F.; Merciny, E. Inorg.
Chem. 1986, 25, 2646-2648. (b) Spirlet, M.-R.; Rebizant, J.; Desreux, J. F.; Loncin, M.-F. Inorg. Chem. 1984, 23, 359-363.
Chem. 1986, 25, 2646-2648. (b) Spirlet, M.-R.; Rebizant, J.; Desreux, J. F.; Loncin, M.-F. Inorg. Chem. 1984, 23, 359-363.
45. (a) Chang, C. A.; Sekhar, V. C. Inorg. Chem. 1987, 26, 1981-1985. (b) Chang, C. A.; Ochaya, V. O. Inorg.
Chem. 1986, 25, 355-358. (c) Chang, C. A.; Rowland, M. E.
Inorg. Chem. 1983, 22, 3866-3869.
Chem. 1986, 25, 355-358. (c) Chang, C. A.; Rowland, M. E.
Inorg. Chem. 1983, 22, 3866-3869.
46. Radzki, S.; Krauz, P.; Gaspard, S.; Giannotti, C.
Inorg. Chim. Acta 1987, 138, 139-143.
Inorg. Chim. Acta 1987, 138, 139-143.
47. Buchler, J. W. in "The Porphyries," Dolphin, D. ed., Academic Press, New York, 1978, Vol. 1, Chapter 10.
48. Hoard, J. L. in "Porphyries and Metalloporphyrins";
Smith, K., Ed; Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1975, Chapter 8.
Smith, K., Ed; Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1975, Chapter 8.
49. (a)( Horrocks, W. D., Jr.; Wong, C.-P. J. Am. Chem.
Soc. 1976, 98, 7157-7162. (b) Wong, C.-P.; Venteicher, R.
F.; Horrocks, W. D., Jr. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1974, 96, 7149-7150.
Soc. 1976, 98, 7157-7162. (b) Wong, C.-P.; Venteicher, R.
F.; Horrocks, W. D., Jr. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1974, 96, 7149-7150.
50. Srivastava, T. S. Bioinorg. Chem. 1978, 8, 61-76.
~~~~'i~ a~
~~~~'i~ a~
51. Although several large porphyrin-like aromatic macrocycles, including the "sapphyrins", "platyrins", "pentaphyrin", and "[26]porphyrin" have been prepared in - their metal-free forms, and a uranyl complex has been stabilized with a large "superphthalocyanine", we are not - aware of any lanthanide complexes formed from these systems.
52. Bauer, V. J.; Clive, D. R.; Dolphin, D.; Paine, J. B.
III; Harris, F. L.; King, M. M.; Loder, J.; Wang, S.-W.
C.; Woodward, R. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1983, 105, 6429-6436.
III; Harris, F. L.; King, M. M.; Loder, J.; Wang, S.-W.
C.; Woodward, R. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1983, 105, 6429-6436.
53. Broadhurst, M. J.; Grigg, R.; Johnson, A. W. J. Chem.
Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1972, 2111-2116.
Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1972, 2111-2116.
54. (a) Berger, R. A.; LeGoff, E. Tetrahedron Lett. 1978, 4225-4228. (b) LeGoff, E.; Weaver, O. G. J. Org. Chem.
1987, 710-711.
1987, 710-711.
55. (a) Rexhausen, H.; Gossauer, A. J. Chem. Soc., Chem.
Commun. 1983, 275. (b) Gossauer, A. Bull. Soc. Chim.
Belg. 1983, 92, 793-795.
Commun. 1983, 275. (b) Gossauer, A. Bull. Soc. Chim.
Belg. 1983, 92, 793-795.
56. Gosmann, M.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 1107-1108; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1986, 25, 1100-1101.
57. (a) Day, V. W.; Marks, T. J.; Wachter, W. A. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 4519-4527. (b) Marks, T. J.;
Stojakovic, D. R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 1695-1705.
(c) Cuellar, E. A.; Marks, T. J. Inorg. Chem. 1981, 20, 3766-3770.
Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 4519-4527. (b) Marks, T. J.;
Stojakovic, D. R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 1695-1705.
(c) Cuellar, E. A.; Marks, T. J. Inorg. Chem. 1981, 20, 3766-3770.
58. Sessler, J. L; Cyr, M.; Murai, T. Comm. Inorg. Chem., 1988, 7, 333.
~ . 2'~ ~'~ fl -88-59. For examples of lanthanide cationic complexes stabilized by more conventional Schiff base macrocycles see for instance: (a) Backer-Dirks, J. D. J.; Gray, C.
J.; Hart, F. A.; Hursthouse, M. B.; Schoop, B. C. J.
Chem. Soc., Chem. Commmun. 1979, 774-775. (b) De Cola, L.; Smailes, D. L.; Vallarino, L. M. Inorg. Chem. 1986, .
25, 1729-1732. (c) Sabbatini, N.; De Cola, L.; Vallarino, L. M.; Blasse, G. J. Phys. Chem. 1987, 91, 4681-4685. (d) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E.; Casellato, U.; Vigato, P.;
Graziani, R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1984, 351. (e) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E. Inorg. Chim. Acta 1984, 95, 119-125. (f) Sakamoto, M. Bull Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1987, 60, 1546-1548.
~ . 2'~ ~'~ fl -88-59. For examples of lanthanide cationic complexes stabilized by more conventional Schiff base macrocycles see for instance: (a) Backer-Dirks, J. D. J.; Gray, C.
J.; Hart, F. A.; Hursthouse, M. B.; Schoop, B. C. J.
Chem. Soc., Chem. Commmun. 1979, 774-775. (b) De Cola, L.; Smailes, D. L.; Vallarino, L. M. Inorg. Chem. 1986, .
25, 1729-1732. (c) Sabbatini, N.; De Cola, L.; Vallarino, L. M.; Blasse, G. J. Phys. Chem. 1987, 91, 4681-4685. (d) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E.; Casellato, U.; Vigato, P.;
Graziani, R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans. 1984, 351. (e) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E. Inorg. Chim. Acta 1984, 95, 119-125. (f) Sakamoto, M. Bull Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1987, 60, 1546-1548.
60. Confronting AIDS, National Academy of Sciences Press:
Washington, D.C., 1988.
Washington, D.C., 1988.
61. Dougherty, T. J.; Kaufman, J. E.; Goldfarg, A.;
Weishaupt, K. R.; Boyle, D.; Mittleman, A. Cancer Res.
1978, 38, 2628.
Weishaupt, K. R.; Boyle, D.; Mittleman, A. Cancer Res.
1978, 38, 2628.
62. Dahlman, A.; Wile, A. G.; Burns, R. G.; Mason, G. R.;
Johnson, F. M.; Berns, M. W. Cancer Res. 1983, 43, 430.
Johnson, F. M.; Berns, M. W. Cancer Res. 1983, 43, 430.
63. Dougherty, T. J. in Methods in Porphyrin Photosensitization, Kessel, D., Ed.; Plenum Press: New York, 1985; pp. 313-328.
64. Dougherty, T. J. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 45, 879.
65. See for instance: (a) Figge, F. H. J.; Weiland, G. S.
Anat. Rec. 1948, 100, 659; (b) Rasmussen-Taxdall, D. S.;
Ward, G. E.; Figge, F. H. Cancer (Phila.) 1955, 8, 78.
Anat. Rec. 1948, 100, 659; (b) Rasmussen-Taxdall, D. S.;
Ward, G. E.; Figge, F. H. Cancer (Phila.) 1955, 8, 78.
66. Berenbaum, M. C.; Bonnett, R.; Scourides, P. A. Br.
J. Cancer 1982, 47, 571.
J. Cancer 1982, 47, 571.
67. Berns, W.; Dahlman, A; Johnson, F. M.; et al. Cancer Res. 1982, 42, 2326.
- 68. Dougherty, T. J.; Gower, C. J.; Weishaupt, K. R.
Cancer Res. 1976, 36, 2330.
Cancer Res. 1976, 36, 2330.
69. Dougherty, T. J. Photochem. Photobiol. 1983, 38, 377.
70. Evensen, J. F.; Sommer, S.; Moan, J.; Chistensen, T.
Cancer Res. 1984, 44, 482.
Cancer Res. 1984, 44, 482.
71. Gibson, S. L. Hilf, R. Photochem. Photobiol. 1985, 42, 367.
72. Gower, C. J.; Smith, D. M. Photochem. Photobiol.
1980, 32, 341.
1980, 32, 341.
73. Herra-Ornelas, L.; Petrelli, N. J.; Mittleman, A.;
Dougherty, T. J.; Boyle, D. G. Cancer, 1986, 57, 677.
Dougherty, T. J.; Boyle, D. G. Cancer, 1986, 57, 677.
74. Kessel, D. Photochem. Photobiol. 1984, 39, 851.
75. Kessel, D. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 44, 489.
76. Kessel, D. Int. J. Radiat. Biol. 1986, 49, 901.
77. Klaunig, J. E.; Selman, S. H.; Shulok, J. R.;
Schaefer, P. J.; Britton, S. L.; Goldblatt, P. J. Am. J.
Path. 1985, 119, 230.
Schaefer, P. J.; Britton, S. L.; Goldblatt, P. J. Am. J.
Path. 1985, 119, 230.
78. Moan, J.; Sower, S. Cancer Lett. 1987, 21, 167.
79. Moan, J.; Peng, Q.; Evensen, J. F.; Berg, K.;
Western, A.; Rimington, C. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 713.
Western, A.; Rimington, C. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 713.
80. Singh, G.; Jeeves, W. P.; Wilson, B. C.; Jang, D.
Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 645.
Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 645.
81. Bonnett, R.; Ridge, R. J.; Scourides, P. A. J. Chem.
Soc., Perkin Trans. I 1981, 3135.
Soc., Perkin Trans. I 1981, 3135.
82. Chang, C. K.; Takamura, S.; Musselman, B. D.; Kessel, D. ACS Adv. Chem. Ser. 1986, 321, 347.
83. Dougherty, T. J. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 569.
84. Kessel, D. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 44, 193.
85. Moan, J.; Christensen, T.; Sourer, S. Cancer Lett.
1982, 15, 161.
1982, 15, 161.
86. Scourides, P. A.; Bohmer, R. M.; Kaye, A. H.;
Morstyn, G. Cancer Res. 1987, 47, 3439.
Morstyn, G. Cancer Res. 1987, 47, 3439.
87. Blum, A.; Grossweiner, L. I. Photochem. Photbiol.
1985, 41, 27.
1985, 41, 27.
88. Henderson, B. W.; Miller, A. C. Radiat. Res. 1986, 108, 196.
89. Keene, J. P.; Kessel, D.; Land, E. J.; Redmond, R.
W.; Truscott, T. G. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 43, 117.
W.; Truscott, T. G. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 43, 117.
90. Parker, J. G. Lasers Surg. Med. 1986, 6, 258.
91. Tanielian, C.; Heinrich, G.; Entezami, A. J. Chem.
Soc., Chem. Commun. 1988, 1197.
Soc., Chem. Commun. 1988, 1197.
92. Weishaupt, K. R.; Gomer, L. J.; Dougherty, T. J.
Cancer Res. 1976, 36, 2326.
Cancer Res. 1976, 36, 2326.
93. Gulliya, K. S.; Matthews, J. L.; Fay, J. W.; Dowben, R. M. Life Sciences 1988, 42, 2651.
° 94. Matthews, J. L.; Newman, J. T.; Sogandares-Bernal, F.; Judy, M. M.; Kiles, H.; Leveson, J. E.; Marengo-Rowe, A. J.; Chanh, T. C. Transfusion, 1988, 28, 81.
95. Skiles, H.; Sogandares-Bernal, F.; Judy, M. M.;
Matthews, J. L.; Newman, J. T. Abstracts of 6th Southern Biomedical Engineering Conference, 1987, 83.
96. Skiles, H.; Judy, M. M. Newman, J. T. in Abstracts of the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, 85th Annual Meeting, Mar. 3-7, 1985, p. 7, A 38.
97. Lewin, A. A.; Schnipper, L. E.; Crumpacker, C. S.
Proc. Soc. Exptl. Biol. Med. 1980, 163, 81.
98. Schnipper, L. E.; Lewin, A. A.; Swartz, M.;
Crumpacker, C. S. J. Clin. Invest. 1980, 65, 432.
99. (a) For an overview see: C. J. Gower, Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 46, 561 (this special issue is entirely devoted to this topic). See also: (b) T. J. Dougherty, Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 45, 879; (c) A. R. Oseroff, D. Ohuoha, G. Ara, D. McAuliffe, J. Foley, and L.
Cincotta, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1986, 83, 9729;
(d) S. Wan, J. A. Parrish, R. R. Anderson, and M. Madden, Photochem. Photobiol., 1981, 34, 679; (e) A. Dahlman, A.
G. Wile, R. B. Burns, G. R. Mason, F. M. Johnson, and M.
W. Berns, Cancer Res., 1983, 43, 430.
100. J. L. Matthews, J. T. Newsam, F. Sogandares-Bernal, M. M. Judy, H. Skiles, J. E. Levenson, A. J.
Marengo-Rowe, and T. C. Chanh, Transfusion, 1988, 28, 81.
101. (a) M. R. Detty, P. B. Merkel, and S. K.
Powers, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1988, 110, 5920; (b) R.
Bonnett, D. J. McGarvey, A. Harriman, E. J. Land, T. G.
Truscott, and U-J. Winfield, Photochem. Photobiol., -1988, 48, 271; (c) R. Bonnett, S. Ioannou, R. D. White, U-J. Winfield, and M. C. Berenbaum, Photobiochem. -Photobiophys. 1987, Suppl., 45; (d) P. A. Scourides, R.
M. Bohmer, A. H. Kaye, and G. Morstyn, Cancer Res., 1987, 47, 3439; (e) M. C. Berenbaum, S. L. Akande, R. Bonnett, H. Kaur, S. Ioannou, R. D. White, and U-J. Winfield, Br.
J. Cancer, 1986, 54, 717; (f) J. D. Spikes, Photochem.
Photobiol., 1986, 43, 691; (g) D. Kessel and C. J.
Dutton, Photochem. Photobiol., 1984, 40, 403.
102. P. A. Firey and M. A. J. Rodgers, Photochem.
Photobiol., 1987, 45, 535.
103. (a) J. L. Sessler, T. Murai, V. Lynch, and M.
Cyr, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1988, 110, 5586. (b) J. L.
Sessler, T. Murai, and G. Hemmi, Inorg. Chem. 1989, 28, 3390.
104. Curran, J. W.; Lawrence, D. N.; Jaffe, H.; et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 1984, 310, 69.
105. Groopman, J. E.; Hartzband, P. I.; Shulman, L.;
et al. Blood 1985, 66, 742.
106. Ward, J. W.; Deppe, D. A.; Samson, S.; et al.
Ann. Intern. Med. 1987, 106, 61.
107. Ward, J. W.; Holmber, S. D.; Allen, J. R.; et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 1988, 318, 473.
108. Ho, D. D.; Pomerantz, R. J.; Kaplan, J. C. New Engl. J. Med. 1987, 317, 278.
109. Christensen, T.; Sandquist, T.; Feven, K.;
Waksvik, H.; Moan, J. Br. J. Cancer 1983, 48, 35.
110. Profio, A. E.; Doiron, D. R. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 46, 591.
111. Wan, S.; Parrish, J. A.; Anderson, R. R.;
Madden, M. Photochem. Photobiol 1981, 34, 679.
112. Eichler, J.; Knop, J.; Lenz, H. Rad. Environ.
Biophys. 1977, 14, 239.
113. Oseroff, A. R.; Ohuoha, D.; Ara, G.; McAuliffe, D.; Foley, Jr.; Cincotta, L. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
1986, 83, 9729; and references therein.
114. Gulliya, K. S.; Matthews, J. L. Cell Biol. Int.
Rep. 1988, 12, 305; and references therein.
115. betty, M. R.; Merkel, P. B.; Powers, S. K. J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 5920.
116. Morgan, A. R.; Rampersaud, A.; Keck, R. W.;
Selman, S. H. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 441.
117. Beems, E. M.; Dubbelman, T. M. A. R.;
Lugtenburg, J; Van Best, J. A.; Smeets, M. F. M. A.;
Boeheim, J. P. J. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 639.
118. Cubeddu, R. Keir, W. F.; Ramponi, R.; Truscott, T. G. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 633.
119. (a) Kessel, D.; button, C. J. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1984, 40, 403; (b) Kessel, D. Cancer Res.
1986, 46, 2248.
WO 93/14093 , ~ PCT/US93/00107 120. (a) Dolphin, D. 196th American Chemical Society Meeting, Los Angeles, September 1988, Abstract no. 312;
(b) Richter, A. M.; Kelly, B.; Chow, J.; Liu, D. J.;
Towers, G. H. N.; Dolphin, D.; Levy, J. of Natl. Cancer Inst., 1987, 79, 1327.
121. (a) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. Inter. J.
Radiat. Biol. 1985, 47, 145; (b) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. Photochem. Photobiol. 1985, 42, 129; (c) Ben-Hur, E.;
Rosenthal, I. Rad. Res. 1985, 103, 403; (d) Selman, S.
H.; Kreimer-Birnbaum, M.; Chaudhuri, K.; Garbo, G. M.;
Seaman, D. A.; Keck, R. W.; Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. J.
Urol. 1986, 136, 141; (e) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I.
Cancer Lett. 1986, 30, 321; (f) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 43, 615; (g) Ben-Hur, E.;
Green, M.; Prager, A.; Kol, R.; Rosenthal, I. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 46, 651.
122. (a) Firey, P. A.; Rodgers, M. A. J. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 45, 535; (b) Firey, P. A.; Ford, W. E.;
Sounik, J. R.; Kenney, M. E.; Rodgers, M. A. J. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 7626.
123. (a) Skikes, J. D. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 43, 691; (b) Spikes, J. D.; Bommer, J. C. Int. J. Rad.
Res. 1986, 50, 41.
124. Brasseur, N.; Ali, H. Autenrieth, D.; Langlois, R.; van Lier, J. E. Photochem. Photobiol. 1985, 42, 515.
125. Bown, S. G.; Tralau, C. J.: Coleridge Smith, P.
D.; Akdemir, D.; Wieman, T. V. Br. J. Cancer 1986, 54, 43.
126. Chan, W.-S; Svensen, R.; Phillips, D.; Hart, I.
R. Br. J. Cancer 1986, 53, 255.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ PCT/US93/00107 127. Sonoda, M.; Krishna, C. M.; Riesz, P.
Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 625.
128. For a review see: Sessler, J. L.; Cyr, M.;
Murai, T. Comm. Inorg. Chem. 1988, 7, 333.
129. (a) Sessler, J. L.; Murai, T.; Lynch, V.; Cyr, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 5586; (b) Sessler, J. L.;
Murai, T.; Lynch, Inorg. Chem. 1989, 28, 1333; (c) Harriman, T.; Maiya, B. G.; Murai, T.; Hemmi, G.;
Sessler, J. L.; Mallouk, T. E. J. Chem. Soc., Chem.
Commun., Issue 5, 1989, 314; (d) Sessler, J. L.; Murai, T.; Hemmi, G. Inorg. Chem., 1989, 28, 3390.
130. (a) Gosmann, M.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 1107; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1986, 25, 1100. (b) Knubel, G.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1988, 100, 1203;
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1988, 27, 1170.
131. (a) Vogel, A.; Jux, N.; Rodriquez-Val, E.; Lex, J.; Schmickler, H. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1990, 29, 1387. (b) Vogel, E.; Kocher, M.; Schmickler, H.; Lex, J.
Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 262; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng.
1986, 25, 257. (b) Vogel, E.; Balci, M.; Pramod, K.;
Koch, P.; Lex. J. Ermer, O. Angew. chem. 1987, 26, 928;
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1987, 26, 928.
132. Aramendia, P. F.; Redmond, R. W.; Nonell, S.;
Schuster, W.; Braslavsky, S. E.; Schaffner, K.; Vogel, E.
Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 44, 555.
133. Skiles, H. L., Judy, M. M. and Newman, J. T.
Abstracts to the Annual Meeting of the ASM, A38, pg. 7, 1985.
134. Matthews, J. L., Newman, J. T., Songandares-Bernal, F., Judy, M. M., Skiles, H., Leveson, J. E., Marengo-Rowe, A. J., and Chanh, T. C. Transfusion, 28:81, 1988.
135. Skiles, H. F., Sogandares-Bernal, F., Judy, M.
M., Matthews, J. L. and Newman, J. T. Biomedical Engineering VI: Recent developments. Sixth Southern -Biomedical Engineering Conference, 1987.
136. For an historical overview see: Budinger, T.
F.; Lauterbur, P. C. Science 1984, 226, 288.
137. Morris, P. G. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Medicine and Biology, Claredon Press: Oxford;
1986.
138. For a review of biological applications of NMR
see: MacKenzie, N. E.; Gooley, P. R. Med. Res. Rev. 1988, 8, 57.
139. For an introductory discussion of MRI contrast agents see: Tweedle, M. F.; Brittain, H. G.; Eckelman, W.
C.; Gaughan, G. T.; Hagan, J. J.; Wedeking, P. W.; Runge, V. M. in Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 2nd ed., Partain, C.
L., et al. Eds.; W. B. Saunders: Philadelphia; 1988, Vol.
I, pp. 793-809.
140. For a comprehensive review of paramagnetic MRI
contrast agents see: Lauffer, R. B. Chem. Rev. 1987, 87, 901.
141. Bloch, F. Phys. Rev. 1946, 70, 460.
142. (a) Bloembergen, N; Purcell, E. M.; Pound, E.
V. Phys. Rev. 1948, 73, 679. (b) Solomon, I. Phys. Rev.
1955, 99, 559.
WO 93/14093 " PCT/US93/00107 143. (a) Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III Magn. Res.
Med. 1984, I, 437. (b) Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III
Magn. Res. Med. 1984, 1, 478. (c) Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III Magn. Res. Med. 1985, 2, 159.
144. Tweedle, M. F.; Gaughan, G. T.; Hagan, J;
Wedeking, P. W.; Sibley, P.; Wilson, L. J.; Lee, D. W.
Nucl. Med. Biol. 1988, 15, 31.
145. Burton, D. R.; Forsen S.; Karlstrom, G; Dwek, R. A. Prog. NMR Sprectr. 1979, 13, 1.
146. Carr, F. H.; Brown, J; Bydder, G. M.; et al.
Lancet 1984, 1, 484.
147. (a) Weinmann, H.-J.; Brasch, R. C.; Press, W.
R.; Wesby, G. Am. J. Roentg. 1984, 142, 619. (b) Brasch, R. C.; Weinmann, H.-J.; Wesbey, G. E. Am J. Roentg. 1984, 142, 625.
148. (a) Runge, V. M.; Schoerner, W.; Niendorf, H.
P.; et al. Mag. Res. Imaging 1985, 3, 27. (b) Runge, V.
M.; Price, A. C.; Alleng, James, A. E. Radiology, 1985, 157(P), 37.
149. Koenig, S. H.; Spiller, M.; Brown, R. D. III;
Wolf, G. L. Invest. Radiology 1986, 21, 697.
150. Johnston, D. L.; Lieu, P.; Lauffer, R. B.;
Newell, J. B.; Wedeen, V. J.; Rosen, B. R.; Brady, T. J.;
Okada, R. D. J. Nucl. Med. 1987, 28, 871.
151. Schmiedl, U.; Ogan, M.; Paajanen, H.; Marotti, M. Crooks, L. E.; Brito, A. C.; Brasch, R. C. Radiology 1987, 162, 205.
° 94. Matthews, J. L.; Newman, J. T.; Sogandares-Bernal, F.; Judy, M. M.; Kiles, H.; Leveson, J. E.; Marengo-Rowe, A. J.; Chanh, T. C. Transfusion, 1988, 28, 81.
95. Skiles, H.; Sogandares-Bernal, F.; Judy, M. M.;
Matthews, J. L.; Newman, J. T. Abstracts of 6th Southern Biomedical Engineering Conference, 1987, 83.
96. Skiles, H.; Judy, M. M. Newman, J. T. in Abstracts of the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, 85th Annual Meeting, Mar. 3-7, 1985, p. 7, A 38.
97. Lewin, A. A.; Schnipper, L. E.; Crumpacker, C. S.
Proc. Soc. Exptl. Biol. Med. 1980, 163, 81.
98. Schnipper, L. E.; Lewin, A. A.; Swartz, M.;
Crumpacker, C. S. J. Clin. Invest. 1980, 65, 432.
99. (a) For an overview see: C. J. Gower, Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 46, 561 (this special issue is entirely devoted to this topic). See also: (b) T. J. Dougherty, Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 45, 879; (c) A. R. Oseroff, D. Ohuoha, G. Ara, D. McAuliffe, J. Foley, and L.
Cincotta, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1986, 83, 9729;
(d) S. Wan, J. A. Parrish, R. R. Anderson, and M. Madden, Photochem. Photobiol., 1981, 34, 679; (e) A. Dahlman, A.
G. Wile, R. B. Burns, G. R. Mason, F. M. Johnson, and M.
W. Berns, Cancer Res., 1983, 43, 430.
100. J. L. Matthews, J. T. Newsam, F. Sogandares-Bernal, M. M. Judy, H. Skiles, J. E. Levenson, A. J.
Marengo-Rowe, and T. C. Chanh, Transfusion, 1988, 28, 81.
101. (a) M. R. Detty, P. B. Merkel, and S. K.
Powers, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1988, 110, 5920; (b) R.
Bonnett, D. J. McGarvey, A. Harriman, E. J. Land, T. G.
Truscott, and U-J. Winfield, Photochem. Photobiol., -1988, 48, 271; (c) R. Bonnett, S. Ioannou, R. D. White, U-J. Winfield, and M. C. Berenbaum, Photobiochem. -Photobiophys. 1987, Suppl., 45; (d) P. A. Scourides, R.
M. Bohmer, A. H. Kaye, and G. Morstyn, Cancer Res., 1987, 47, 3439; (e) M. C. Berenbaum, S. L. Akande, R. Bonnett, H. Kaur, S. Ioannou, R. D. White, and U-J. Winfield, Br.
J. Cancer, 1986, 54, 717; (f) J. D. Spikes, Photochem.
Photobiol., 1986, 43, 691; (g) D. Kessel and C. J.
Dutton, Photochem. Photobiol., 1984, 40, 403.
102. P. A. Firey and M. A. J. Rodgers, Photochem.
Photobiol., 1987, 45, 535.
103. (a) J. L. Sessler, T. Murai, V. Lynch, and M.
Cyr, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1988, 110, 5586. (b) J. L.
Sessler, T. Murai, and G. Hemmi, Inorg. Chem. 1989, 28, 3390.
104. Curran, J. W.; Lawrence, D. N.; Jaffe, H.; et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 1984, 310, 69.
105. Groopman, J. E.; Hartzband, P. I.; Shulman, L.;
et al. Blood 1985, 66, 742.
106. Ward, J. W.; Deppe, D. A.; Samson, S.; et al.
Ann. Intern. Med. 1987, 106, 61.
107. Ward, J. W.; Holmber, S. D.; Allen, J. R.; et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 1988, 318, 473.
108. Ho, D. D.; Pomerantz, R. J.; Kaplan, J. C. New Engl. J. Med. 1987, 317, 278.
109. Christensen, T.; Sandquist, T.; Feven, K.;
Waksvik, H.; Moan, J. Br. J. Cancer 1983, 48, 35.
110. Profio, A. E.; Doiron, D. R. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 46, 591.
111. Wan, S.; Parrish, J. A.; Anderson, R. R.;
Madden, M. Photochem. Photobiol 1981, 34, 679.
112. Eichler, J.; Knop, J.; Lenz, H. Rad. Environ.
Biophys. 1977, 14, 239.
113. Oseroff, A. R.; Ohuoha, D.; Ara, G.; McAuliffe, D.; Foley, Jr.; Cincotta, L. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
1986, 83, 9729; and references therein.
114. Gulliya, K. S.; Matthews, J. L. Cell Biol. Int.
Rep. 1988, 12, 305; and references therein.
115. betty, M. R.; Merkel, P. B.; Powers, S. K. J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 5920.
116. Morgan, A. R.; Rampersaud, A.; Keck, R. W.;
Selman, S. H. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 441.
117. Beems, E. M.; Dubbelman, T. M. A. R.;
Lugtenburg, J; Van Best, J. A.; Smeets, M. F. M. A.;
Boeheim, J. P. J. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 639.
118. Cubeddu, R. Keir, W. F.; Ramponi, R.; Truscott, T. G. Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 633.
119. (a) Kessel, D.; button, C. J. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1984, 40, 403; (b) Kessel, D. Cancer Res.
1986, 46, 2248.
WO 93/14093 , ~ PCT/US93/00107 120. (a) Dolphin, D. 196th American Chemical Society Meeting, Los Angeles, September 1988, Abstract no. 312;
(b) Richter, A. M.; Kelly, B.; Chow, J.; Liu, D. J.;
Towers, G. H. N.; Dolphin, D.; Levy, J. of Natl. Cancer Inst., 1987, 79, 1327.
121. (a) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. Inter. J.
Radiat. Biol. 1985, 47, 145; (b) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. Photochem. Photobiol. 1985, 42, 129; (c) Ben-Hur, E.;
Rosenthal, I. Rad. Res. 1985, 103, 403; (d) Selman, S.
H.; Kreimer-Birnbaum, M.; Chaudhuri, K.; Garbo, G. M.;
Seaman, D. A.; Keck, R. W.; Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. J.
Urol. 1986, 136, 141; (e) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I.
Cancer Lett. 1986, 30, 321; (f) Ben-Hur, E.; Rosenthal, I. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 43, 615; (g) Ben-Hur, E.;
Green, M.; Prager, A.; Kol, R.; Rosenthal, I. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 46, 651.
122. (a) Firey, P. A.; Rodgers, M. A. J. Photochem.
Photobiol. 1987, 45, 535; (b) Firey, P. A.; Ford, W. E.;
Sounik, J. R.; Kenney, M. E.; Rodgers, M. A. J. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 7626.
123. (a) Skikes, J. D. Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 43, 691; (b) Spikes, J. D.; Bommer, J. C. Int. J. Rad.
Res. 1986, 50, 41.
124. Brasseur, N.; Ali, H. Autenrieth, D.; Langlois, R.; van Lier, J. E. Photochem. Photobiol. 1985, 42, 515.
125. Bown, S. G.; Tralau, C. J.: Coleridge Smith, P.
D.; Akdemir, D.; Wieman, T. V. Br. J. Cancer 1986, 54, 43.
126. Chan, W.-S; Svensen, R.; Phillips, D.; Hart, I.
R. Br. J. Cancer 1986, 53, 255.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ PCT/US93/00107 127. Sonoda, M.; Krishna, C. M.; Riesz, P.
Photochem. Photobiol. 1987, 46, 625.
128. For a review see: Sessler, J. L.; Cyr, M.;
Murai, T. Comm. Inorg. Chem. 1988, 7, 333.
129. (a) Sessler, J. L.; Murai, T.; Lynch, V.; Cyr, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 5586; (b) Sessler, J. L.;
Murai, T.; Lynch, Inorg. Chem. 1989, 28, 1333; (c) Harriman, T.; Maiya, B. G.; Murai, T.; Hemmi, G.;
Sessler, J. L.; Mallouk, T. E. J. Chem. Soc., Chem.
Commun., Issue 5, 1989, 314; (d) Sessler, J. L.; Murai, T.; Hemmi, G. Inorg. Chem., 1989, 28, 3390.
130. (a) Gosmann, M.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 1107; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1986, 25, 1100. (b) Knubel, G.; Franck, B. Angew. Chem. 1988, 100, 1203;
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1988, 27, 1170.
131. (a) Vogel, A.; Jux, N.; Rodriquez-Val, E.; Lex, J.; Schmickler, H. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1990, 29, 1387. (b) Vogel, E.; Kocher, M.; Schmickler, H.; Lex, J.
Angew. Chem. 1986, 98, 262; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng.
1986, 25, 257. (b) Vogel, E.; Balci, M.; Pramod, K.;
Koch, P.; Lex. J. Ermer, O. Angew. chem. 1987, 26, 928;
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng. 1987, 26, 928.
132. Aramendia, P. F.; Redmond, R. W.; Nonell, S.;
Schuster, W.; Braslavsky, S. E.; Schaffner, K.; Vogel, E.
Photochem. Photobiol. 1986, 44, 555.
133. Skiles, H. L., Judy, M. M. and Newman, J. T.
Abstracts to the Annual Meeting of the ASM, A38, pg. 7, 1985.
134. Matthews, J. L., Newman, J. T., Songandares-Bernal, F., Judy, M. M., Skiles, H., Leveson, J. E., Marengo-Rowe, A. J., and Chanh, T. C. Transfusion, 28:81, 1988.
135. Skiles, H. F., Sogandares-Bernal, F., Judy, M.
M., Matthews, J. L. and Newman, J. T. Biomedical Engineering VI: Recent developments. Sixth Southern -Biomedical Engineering Conference, 1987.
136. For an historical overview see: Budinger, T.
F.; Lauterbur, P. C. Science 1984, 226, 288.
137. Morris, P. G. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Medicine and Biology, Claredon Press: Oxford;
1986.
138. For a review of biological applications of NMR
see: MacKenzie, N. E.; Gooley, P. R. Med. Res. Rev. 1988, 8, 57.
139. For an introductory discussion of MRI contrast agents see: Tweedle, M. F.; Brittain, H. G.; Eckelman, W.
C.; Gaughan, G. T.; Hagan, J. J.; Wedeking, P. W.; Runge, V. M. in Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 2nd ed., Partain, C.
L., et al. Eds.; W. B. Saunders: Philadelphia; 1988, Vol.
I, pp. 793-809.
140. For a comprehensive review of paramagnetic MRI
contrast agents see: Lauffer, R. B. Chem. Rev. 1987, 87, 901.
141. Bloch, F. Phys. Rev. 1946, 70, 460.
142. (a) Bloembergen, N; Purcell, E. M.; Pound, E.
V. Phys. Rev. 1948, 73, 679. (b) Solomon, I. Phys. Rev.
1955, 99, 559.
WO 93/14093 " PCT/US93/00107 143. (a) Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III Magn. Res.
Med. 1984, I, 437. (b) Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III
Magn. Res. Med. 1984, 1, 478. (c) Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III Magn. Res. Med. 1985, 2, 159.
144. Tweedle, M. F.; Gaughan, G. T.; Hagan, J;
Wedeking, P. W.; Sibley, P.; Wilson, L. J.; Lee, D. W.
Nucl. Med. Biol. 1988, 15, 31.
145. Burton, D. R.; Forsen S.; Karlstrom, G; Dwek, R. A. Prog. NMR Sprectr. 1979, 13, 1.
146. Carr, F. H.; Brown, J; Bydder, G. M.; et al.
Lancet 1984, 1, 484.
147. (a) Weinmann, H.-J.; Brasch, R. C.; Press, W.
R.; Wesby, G. Am. J. Roentg. 1984, 142, 619. (b) Brasch, R. C.; Weinmann, H.-J.; Wesbey, G. E. Am J. Roentg. 1984, 142, 625.
148. (a) Runge, V. M.; Schoerner, W.; Niendorf, H.
P.; et al. Mag. Res. Imaging 1985, 3, 27. (b) Runge, V.
M.; Price, A. C.; Alleng, James, A. E. Radiology, 1985, 157(P), 37.
149. Koenig, S. H.; Spiller, M.; Brown, R. D. III;
Wolf, G. L. Invest. Radiology 1986, 21, 697.
150. Johnston, D. L.; Lieu, P.; Lauffer, R. B.;
Newell, J. B.; Wedeen, V. J.; Rosen, B. R.; Brady, T. J.;
Okada, R. D. J. Nucl. Med. 1987, 28, 871.
151. Schmiedl, U.; Ogan, M.; Paajanen, H.; Marotti, M. Crooks, L. E.; Brito, A. C.; Brasch, R. C. Radiology 1987, 162, 205.
152. Kornguth, S. E.; Turski, P. A.; Perman, W. H.;
Schultz, R.; Kalinke, T.; Reale, R.; Raybaud, F. J.
Neurosug. 1987, 66, 898.
153. (a) Lauffer, R. B.; Brady, T. J. Magn. Reson.
Imaging 1985, 3, il. (b) Lauffer, R. B.; Brady, T. J.;
Brown, R. D.; Baglin, C.; Koenig, S. H. Magn. Reson. Med.
1986, 3, 541.
154. Southwood-Jones, R. V.; Earl, W. L.; Newman, K.
E.; Merbach, A. E. J. Chem. Phys. 1980, 73, 5909.
155. Martell, A. E.; Smith, R. M. Critical Stability Constants, Plenum: New York; 1974, Vol. 4.
156. Cacheris, W. P.; Nickle, S. K.; Sherry, A. D.
Inorg. Chem. 1987, 26, 958.
157. Desreaux, J. F.; Loncin, M. F.; Spirlet, M. R.
Inorg. Chim. Acta 1984, 94, 43.
158. Chu, S. C.; Pike, M. M., Fossel, E. T.; Smith, T. W.; Balschi, J. A.; Springer, C. S., Jr. J. Man.
Reson. 1984, 56, 33.
159. (a) Spirlet, M.-R.; Rebizant, J.; Desreaux, J.
F.; Loncin, M. F. Inorg. Chem. 1984, 23, 359. (b) Spirlet, M.-R.; Rebizant, J.; Loncin, M. F.; Desreux, J.
F. Inorg. Chem. 1984, 23, 4278.
160. Loncin, M. F.; Desreaux, J. F.; Merciny, E.;
Inorg. Chem. 1986, 25, 2646.
161. (a) Chang, C. A.; Rowland, M. E. Inorg. Chem.
1983, 22, 3866. (b) Chang, C. A.; Ochaya, V. O. Inorg.
Chem. 1986, 25, 355. (c) Chang, C. A.; Sekhar, V. C.
Inorg. Chem. 1987, 26, 1981.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 _99_ 162. Geraldes, C. F. G. C.; Sherry, A. D.; Brown, R.
D. III; Koenig, S. H.; Magn. Reson. Med. 1986, 3, 242.
163. Lauffer, R. B.; Greif, W. L.; Stark, D. D.;
Vincent, A. C.; Saini, S.; Wedeen, V. J.; Brady, T. J. J.
Comput. Assist. Tomogr. 1985, 9, 431.
164. Lauffer, R. B.; Vincent, A. C.; Padmanabhan, S.; Meade, T. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 2216.
165. (a) Chen, C.; Cohen, J. S.; Myers, C. E.; Sohn, M. FEBS Lett. 1984, 168, 70. (b) Patronas, N. J.; Cohen, J. S.; Knop, R. H.; Dwyer, A. J.; Colcher, D.; Lundy, J.;
Mornex, F.; Hambright, P. Cancer Treat. Rep. 1986, 70, 391. (c) Lyon, R. C.; Faustino, P. J.; Cohen, J. S.;
Katz, A.; Mornex, F.; Colcher, D.; Baglin, C.; Koenig, S.
H.; Hambright, P. Magn. Reson. Med. 1987, 4, 24. (d) Megnin, F.; Faustino, P. J.; Lyon, R. C.; Lelkes, P. I.;
Cohen, J. S. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1987, 929, 173.
166. Jackson, L. S.; Nelson, J. A.; Case, T. A.;
Burnham, B. F. Invest. Radiology 1985, 20, 226.
167. Fiel, R. J.; Button, T. M.; Gilani, S.; et al.
Magn. Reson. Imaging 1987, 5, 149.
168. Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III; Spiller, M.
Magn. Reson. Med. 1987, 4, 252.
169. Hambright, P.; Adams, C.; Vernon, K. Inorg.
Chem. 1988, 27, 1660.
170. Smith, P. H.; Raymond, K. N. Inorg. Chem. 1985, 24, 3469.
171. For examples of lanthanide cryptates see: (a) Gansow, O. A.; Kauser, A. R.; Triplett, K. M.; Weaver, M.
J.; Yee, E. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1977, 99, 7087. (b) Yee, E. L.; Gansow, O. A.; Weaver, M. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1980, 102, 2278. (c) Sabbatini, N.; Dellonte, S.; Ciano, M.; Bonazzi, A.; Balzani; V. Chem. Phys. Let. 1984, 107, 212. (d) Sabbatini, N.; Dellont, S.; Blasse, G. Chem.
Phys. Lett. 1986, 129, 541. (e) Desreux, J. F.;
Barthelemy, P. P. Nucl. Med. Biol. 1988, 15, 9.
172. For examples of lanthanide complexes stablized by conventional Schiff base macrocycles see: (a) Backer-Dirks, J. D. J.; Gray, C. J.; Hart, F. A.; Hursthouse, M.
B.; Schoop, B. C. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1979, 774.
(b) De Cola, L.; Smailes, D. L.; Vallarino, L. M. Inorg.
Chem. 1986, 25, 1729. (c) Sabbatini, N.; De Cola, L.;
Vallarino, L. M.; Blasse, G. J. Phys. Chem. 1987, 91, 4681. (d) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E.; Casellato, U.;
Vigato, P.; Graziani, R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans.
1984, 351. (e) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E. Inorg. Chim.
Acta 1984, 95, 119-125. (f) Sakamoto, M. Bull Chem. Soc.
Jpn. 1987, 60, 1546.
173. Ochai, E.-I Bioinorganic Chemistry, an Introduction, Allyn and Bacon: Boston; 1977, p. 168(Fe) and p 436(Mn).
174. For reviews see: (a) Cytochrome P-450:
Structure, Mechanism, and Biochemistry, Ortiz de Montellano, P. R., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1986. (b) Groves, J. T. Adv. Inorg. Biochem. 1979, I, 119.
175. (a) Buchler, J. W. in The Porphyrins, Dolphin, D.Ed., Academic Press: New York; 1978, Vol. 1, Chapter 10. (b) Srivastava, T. S. Bioinorg. Chem. 1978, 8, 61.
(c) Horrocks, W. DeW., Jr. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 4386.
2.~"~~~
-lol-176. (a) Forsberg, J. H. Coord. Chem. Rev. 1973, 10, 195. (b) Bunzli, J.-C.; Wesner, D. Coord. Chem. Rev.
1984, 60, 191.
177. Pressman, D.; Korngold, L. Cancer 1953, 6, 619.
178. Clinical Nuclear Medicine, Matin, P., Ed., Medical Examination: New York; 1981.
179. Radioimmunoimaging and Radioimmunotherapy, Burchiel, S. W. and Rhodes, B. A., Eds., Elsevier: New York; 1983.
180. Nuclear Imaging in Oncology, Kim, E. E.;
Haynie, T. P., Eds., Appleton-Century-Crofts: Norwalk, Connecticut; 1984.
181. Chevru, L. R.; Nunn, A. D.; Loberg, M. D.
Semin. Nucl. Med. 1984, 12, 5.
182. Order, S. E. Compr. Therapy 1984, 10, 9.
183. Spencer, R. P. Nuclear Medicine, Medical Examination: New York; 1984.
184. Radiopharmaceuticals and Labelled Compounds 1984 (proceedings of a 1984 conference of the same name), International Atomic Energy Agency: Vienna, 1985.
185. DeLand, F. H.; Goldenberg, D. M. Semin. Nucl.
Med. 1985, 15, 2.
186. Radiopharmaceuticals: Progress and Clinical Perspectives, Fritzberg, A. R., Ed., CRC Press: Boca Raton, Florida; 1986.
187. Goldenberg, D. M.; Goldenberg, H.; Primus, F.
J. in Immunoconjugates: Antibody Conjugates in Radioimaging and Therapy of Cancer, Vogel, C.-W., Ed., Oxford University Press: Oxford; 1987, pp. 259-280.
188. Eckelman, W. C.; Paik, C. H.; Reba, R. C.
Cancer Res. 1980, 40, 3036.
189. Cole, W. C.; DeNardo, S. J.; Meares, C. F.;
McCall, M. J.; DeNardo, G. L.; Epstein, A. L.; O'brien, H. A.; Moi, M. K. J. Nucl. Med. 1987, 28, 83.
190. Deshpande, S. V.; DeNardo, S. J.; Meares, C.
F.; McCall, M. J.; Adams, G. P.; Moi, M. K.; DeNardo, G.
L. J. Nucl. Med. 1988, 29, 217.
191. Mercer-Smith, J. A.; Roberts, J. C.; Figard, S.
D.; Lavallee, D. K. in Antibody-Mediated Delivery Systems, Rodwell, J. D. Ed., Marcel Dekker: New York;
1988, pp. 317-352.
192. (a) O'Brien, H. A., Jr. in reference 119, pp.
161-169. (b) Wessels, B. W.; Rogus, R. D. Med. Phys.
1984, 11, 638. (c) Jungerman, J. A.; Yu, K.-H. P.;
Zanelli, C. I. Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot. 1984, 9, 883.
(d) Humor, J. L. J. Nucl. Med. 1986, 27, 1490.
193. See for instance: (a) Primus, F. J.; DeLand, F.
H.; Goldenberg, D. M. in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer, "Wright, G. L. Ed., Marcel Dekker: New York;
1984, pp. 305-323. (b) Weinstein, J. N.; Black, C. D. V.;
Keenan, A. M.; Holten, 0. D., III; Larson, S. M.; Sieber, S. M.; Covell, D. G.; Carrasquillo, J.; Barbet, J.;
Parker, R. J. in "Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy," Reisfeld, R. A. and Sell, S., Eds., Alan R.
Liss: New York; 1985, pp. 473-488.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 194. Burns, H. D.; Worley, P.; Wagner, H. N., Jr.;
Marzilli, L.; Risch, V. in The Chemistry of Radiopharmaceuticals, Heindel, N. D.; Burns, H. D.;
Honda, T.; Brady, L. W., Eds., Masson: New York; 1978.
195. Paik, C. H., Ebbert, M. A.; Murphy, P. R.;
Lassman, C. R.; Reba, R. C.; Eckelman, W. C.; Pak, K. Y.;
Powe, J.; Steplewski, Z.; Koprowski, H. J. Nucl. Med.
1983, 24, 1158.
196. See for instance: Hnatowich, D. J.; Childs, R.
L.; Lanteigne, D.; Najafi, A. J. Immunol. Meth. 1983, 65, 147.
197. See for instance: Hnatowich, D. J.; Virzi, F.;
Doherty, P. W. J. Nucl. Med. 1985, 26, 503.
198. Katagi, T.; Yamamura, T.; Saito, T.; Sasaki, Y.
Chem. Lett. 1981, 503.
199. Sessler, J. L.; Johnson, M. R.; Lynch, V. J.
Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4394.
200. Niclas, H. J.; Bohle, M.; Rick, J.-D.; Zeuner, F.; Zolch, L. Z. Chem. 1985, 25, 137.
201. Beilstein 4th ed., Band 14, p. 785.
202. (a) Paul, R.; Anderson, G. W. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1960, 82, 4596. (b) Davis, M.-T. B.; Preston, J. F. Anal.
Biochem. 1981, 116, 402. (c) Anderson, G. W.; Zimmerman, J. E; Callahan, F. M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1964, 86, 1839.
203. Vollhardt, K. P. C. Synthesis 1985, 765.
204. Kati, H. A.; Siddappa, S. Indian J. Chem. 1983, 22B, 1205.
~127~~0 205. Hove, E.; Horrocks, W. D. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1978, 100, 4386.
206. Furhop, J.-H.; Smith, K. M. in Porphyrins and Metalloporphyrins, Smith, K. M., Ed., Elsevier:
Amsterdam; 1975.
207. Kyba et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1981, 103:3868-3875.
Schultz, R.; Kalinke, T.; Reale, R.; Raybaud, F. J.
Neurosug. 1987, 66, 898.
153. (a) Lauffer, R. B.; Brady, T. J. Magn. Reson.
Imaging 1985, 3, il. (b) Lauffer, R. B.; Brady, T. J.;
Brown, R. D.; Baglin, C.; Koenig, S. H. Magn. Reson. Med.
1986, 3, 541.
154. Southwood-Jones, R. V.; Earl, W. L.; Newman, K.
E.; Merbach, A. E. J. Chem. Phys. 1980, 73, 5909.
155. Martell, A. E.; Smith, R. M. Critical Stability Constants, Plenum: New York; 1974, Vol. 4.
156. Cacheris, W. P.; Nickle, S. K.; Sherry, A. D.
Inorg. Chem. 1987, 26, 958.
157. Desreaux, J. F.; Loncin, M. F.; Spirlet, M. R.
Inorg. Chim. Acta 1984, 94, 43.
158. Chu, S. C.; Pike, M. M., Fossel, E. T.; Smith, T. W.; Balschi, J. A.; Springer, C. S., Jr. J. Man.
Reson. 1984, 56, 33.
159. (a) Spirlet, M.-R.; Rebizant, J.; Desreaux, J.
F.; Loncin, M. F. Inorg. Chem. 1984, 23, 359. (b) Spirlet, M.-R.; Rebizant, J.; Loncin, M. F.; Desreux, J.
F. Inorg. Chem. 1984, 23, 4278.
160. Loncin, M. F.; Desreaux, J. F.; Merciny, E.;
Inorg. Chem. 1986, 25, 2646.
161. (a) Chang, C. A.; Rowland, M. E. Inorg. Chem.
1983, 22, 3866. (b) Chang, C. A.; Ochaya, V. O. Inorg.
Chem. 1986, 25, 355. (c) Chang, C. A.; Sekhar, V. C.
Inorg. Chem. 1987, 26, 1981.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 _99_ 162. Geraldes, C. F. G. C.; Sherry, A. D.; Brown, R.
D. III; Koenig, S. H.; Magn. Reson. Med. 1986, 3, 242.
163. Lauffer, R. B.; Greif, W. L.; Stark, D. D.;
Vincent, A. C.; Saini, S.; Wedeen, V. J.; Brady, T. J. J.
Comput. Assist. Tomogr. 1985, 9, 431.
164. Lauffer, R. B.; Vincent, A. C.; Padmanabhan, S.; Meade, T. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 2216.
165. (a) Chen, C.; Cohen, J. S.; Myers, C. E.; Sohn, M. FEBS Lett. 1984, 168, 70. (b) Patronas, N. J.; Cohen, J. S.; Knop, R. H.; Dwyer, A. J.; Colcher, D.; Lundy, J.;
Mornex, F.; Hambright, P. Cancer Treat. Rep. 1986, 70, 391. (c) Lyon, R. C.; Faustino, P. J.; Cohen, J. S.;
Katz, A.; Mornex, F.; Colcher, D.; Baglin, C.; Koenig, S.
H.; Hambright, P. Magn. Reson. Med. 1987, 4, 24. (d) Megnin, F.; Faustino, P. J.; Lyon, R. C.; Lelkes, P. I.;
Cohen, J. S. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1987, 929, 173.
166. Jackson, L. S.; Nelson, J. A.; Case, T. A.;
Burnham, B. F. Invest. Radiology 1985, 20, 226.
167. Fiel, R. J.; Button, T. M.; Gilani, S.; et al.
Magn. Reson. Imaging 1987, 5, 149.
168. Koenig, S. H.; Brown, R. D. III; Spiller, M.
Magn. Reson. Med. 1987, 4, 252.
169. Hambright, P.; Adams, C.; Vernon, K. Inorg.
Chem. 1988, 27, 1660.
170. Smith, P. H.; Raymond, K. N. Inorg. Chem. 1985, 24, 3469.
171. For examples of lanthanide cryptates see: (a) Gansow, O. A.; Kauser, A. R.; Triplett, K. M.; Weaver, M.
J.; Yee, E. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1977, 99, 7087. (b) Yee, E. L.; Gansow, O. A.; Weaver, M. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1980, 102, 2278. (c) Sabbatini, N.; Dellonte, S.; Ciano, M.; Bonazzi, A.; Balzani; V. Chem. Phys. Let. 1984, 107, 212. (d) Sabbatini, N.; Dellont, S.; Blasse, G. Chem.
Phys. Lett. 1986, 129, 541. (e) Desreux, J. F.;
Barthelemy, P. P. Nucl. Med. Biol. 1988, 15, 9.
172. For examples of lanthanide complexes stablized by conventional Schiff base macrocycles see: (a) Backer-Dirks, J. D. J.; Gray, C. J.; Hart, F. A.; Hursthouse, M.
B.; Schoop, B. C. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1979, 774.
(b) De Cola, L.; Smailes, D. L.; Vallarino, L. M. Inorg.
Chem. 1986, 25, 1729. (c) Sabbatini, N.; De Cola, L.;
Vallarino, L. M.; Blasse, G. J. Phys. Chem. 1987, 91, 4681. (d) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E.; Casellato, U.;
Vigato, P.; Graziani, R. J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans.
1984, 351. (e) Abid, K. K.; Fenton, D. E. Inorg. Chim.
Acta 1984, 95, 119-125. (f) Sakamoto, M. Bull Chem. Soc.
Jpn. 1987, 60, 1546.
173. Ochai, E.-I Bioinorganic Chemistry, an Introduction, Allyn and Bacon: Boston; 1977, p. 168(Fe) and p 436(Mn).
174. For reviews see: (a) Cytochrome P-450:
Structure, Mechanism, and Biochemistry, Ortiz de Montellano, P. R., Ed.; Plenum: New York, 1986. (b) Groves, J. T. Adv. Inorg. Biochem. 1979, I, 119.
175. (a) Buchler, J. W. in The Porphyrins, Dolphin, D.Ed., Academic Press: New York; 1978, Vol. 1, Chapter 10. (b) Srivastava, T. S. Bioinorg. Chem. 1978, 8, 61.
(c) Horrocks, W. DeW., Jr. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100, 4386.
2.~"~~~
-lol-176. (a) Forsberg, J. H. Coord. Chem. Rev. 1973, 10, 195. (b) Bunzli, J.-C.; Wesner, D. Coord. Chem. Rev.
1984, 60, 191.
177. Pressman, D.; Korngold, L. Cancer 1953, 6, 619.
178. Clinical Nuclear Medicine, Matin, P., Ed., Medical Examination: New York; 1981.
179. Radioimmunoimaging and Radioimmunotherapy, Burchiel, S. W. and Rhodes, B. A., Eds., Elsevier: New York; 1983.
180. Nuclear Imaging in Oncology, Kim, E. E.;
Haynie, T. P., Eds., Appleton-Century-Crofts: Norwalk, Connecticut; 1984.
181. Chevru, L. R.; Nunn, A. D.; Loberg, M. D.
Semin. Nucl. Med. 1984, 12, 5.
182. Order, S. E. Compr. Therapy 1984, 10, 9.
183. Spencer, R. P. Nuclear Medicine, Medical Examination: New York; 1984.
184. Radiopharmaceuticals and Labelled Compounds 1984 (proceedings of a 1984 conference of the same name), International Atomic Energy Agency: Vienna, 1985.
185. DeLand, F. H.; Goldenberg, D. M. Semin. Nucl.
Med. 1985, 15, 2.
186. Radiopharmaceuticals: Progress and Clinical Perspectives, Fritzberg, A. R., Ed., CRC Press: Boca Raton, Florida; 1986.
187. Goldenberg, D. M.; Goldenberg, H.; Primus, F.
J. in Immunoconjugates: Antibody Conjugates in Radioimaging and Therapy of Cancer, Vogel, C.-W., Ed., Oxford University Press: Oxford; 1987, pp. 259-280.
188. Eckelman, W. C.; Paik, C. H.; Reba, R. C.
Cancer Res. 1980, 40, 3036.
189. Cole, W. C.; DeNardo, S. J.; Meares, C. F.;
McCall, M. J.; DeNardo, G. L.; Epstein, A. L.; O'brien, H. A.; Moi, M. K. J. Nucl. Med. 1987, 28, 83.
190. Deshpande, S. V.; DeNardo, S. J.; Meares, C.
F.; McCall, M. J.; Adams, G. P.; Moi, M. K.; DeNardo, G.
L. J. Nucl. Med. 1988, 29, 217.
191. Mercer-Smith, J. A.; Roberts, J. C.; Figard, S.
D.; Lavallee, D. K. in Antibody-Mediated Delivery Systems, Rodwell, J. D. Ed., Marcel Dekker: New York;
1988, pp. 317-352.
192. (a) O'Brien, H. A., Jr. in reference 119, pp.
161-169. (b) Wessels, B. W.; Rogus, R. D. Med. Phys.
1984, 11, 638. (c) Jungerman, J. A.; Yu, K.-H. P.;
Zanelli, C. I. Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot. 1984, 9, 883.
(d) Humor, J. L. J. Nucl. Med. 1986, 27, 1490.
193. See for instance: (a) Primus, F. J.; DeLand, F.
H.; Goldenberg, D. M. in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer, "Wright, G. L. Ed., Marcel Dekker: New York;
1984, pp. 305-323. (b) Weinstein, J. N.; Black, C. D. V.;
Keenan, A. M.; Holten, 0. D., III; Larson, S. M.; Sieber, S. M.; Covell, D. G.; Carrasquillo, J.; Barbet, J.;
Parker, R. J. in "Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy," Reisfeld, R. A. and Sell, S., Eds., Alan R.
Liss: New York; 1985, pp. 473-488.
WO 93/14093 ~ ~~ ~ PCT/US93/00107 194. Burns, H. D.; Worley, P.; Wagner, H. N., Jr.;
Marzilli, L.; Risch, V. in The Chemistry of Radiopharmaceuticals, Heindel, N. D.; Burns, H. D.;
Honda, T.; Brady, L. W., Eds., Masson: New York; 1978.
195. Paik, C. H., Ebbert, M. A.; Murphy, P. R.;
Lassman, C. R.; Reba, R. C.; Eckelman, W. C.; Pak, K. Y.;
Powe, J.; Steplewski, Z.; Koprowski, H. J. Nucl. Med.
1983, 24, 1158.
196. See for instance: Hnatowich, D. J.; Childs, R.
L.; Lanteigne, D.; Najafi, A. J. Immunol. Meth. 1983, 65, 147.
197. See for instance: Hnatowich, D. J.; Virzi, F.;
Doherty, P. W. J. Nucl. Med. 1985, 26, 503.
198. Katagi, T.; Yamamura, T.; Saito, T.; Sasaki, Y.
Chem. Lett. 1981, 503.
199. Sessler, J. L.; Johnson, M. R.; Lynch, V. J.
Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 4394.
200. Niclas, H. J.; Bohle, M.; Rick, J.-D.; Zeuner, F.; Zolch, L. Z. Chem. 1985, 25, 137.
201. Beilstein 4th ed., Band 14, p. 785.
202. (a) Paul, R.; Anderson, G. W. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1960, 82, 4596. (b) Davis, M.-T. B.; Preston, J. F. Anal.
Biochem. 1981, 116, 402. (c) Anderson, G. W.; Zimmerman, J. E; Callahan, F. M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1964, 86, 1839.
203. Vollhardt, K. P. C. Synthesis 1985, 765.
204. Kati, H. A.; Siddappa, S. Indian J. Chem. 1983, 22B, 1205.
~127~~0 205. Hove, E.; Horrocks, W. D. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1978, 100, 4386.
206. Furhop, J.-H.; Smith, K. M. in Porphyrins and Metalloporphyrins, Smith, K. M., Ed., Elsevier:
Amsterdam; 1975.
207. Kyba et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1981, 103:3868-3875.
Claims (31)
PROPERTY OR PRIVILEGE IS CLAIMED ARE DEFINED AS FOLLOWS:
1. A water soluble compound retaining lipophilicity and having the structure:
wherein:
M is H, a divalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2 , Cd+2 , Hg+2 , Sm+2 , UO2+2 , and n i s 1 or a trivalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, y+3, In+s, Pr+3, Nd+3, Sm+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Tm+3, Yb+3, Lu+3, La+3, and U+3, and n is 2;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms;
at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl having at least one hydroxy substituent;
the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 is up to to about 1000 daltons; and n is 0, +1 or +2.
wherein:
M is H, a divalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2 , Cd+2 , Hg+2 , Sm+2 , UO2+2 , and n i s 1 or a trivalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, y+3, In+s, Pr+3, Nd+3, Sm+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Tm+3, Yb+3, Lu+3, La+3, and U+3, and n is 2;
R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms;
at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl having at least one hydroxy substituent;
the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 is up to to about 1000 daltons; and n is 0, +1 or +2.
2. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl.
3. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkoxy.
4. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is carboxyalkyl.
5. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is carboxyamidealkyl.
6. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are alkyl; and R5 has at least one hydroxy substituent.
7. The water soluble compound of claim 6 wherein R1, R2, and R3 are CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCH2CH2CH2OH.
8. The water soluble compound of claim 6 wherein R1, R2, and R3 are CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCH2CHOHCH2OH.
9. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 has at least one hydroxy substituent; and R5 is H or alkyl.
10. The water soluble compound of claim 9 wherein R1 is (CH2)2CH2OH, R2 and R3 are CH2CH3, and R4 and R5 are CH3.
11. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 has at least one hydroxy substituent; and R5 has at least one hydroxy substituent.
12. The water soluble compound of claim 11 wherein R1 is (CH2)2CH2OH, R2 and R3 are CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCH2CH2CH2OH.
13. The water soluble compound of claim 11 wherein R1 is (CH2)2CH2OH, R2 and R3 are CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCH2CHOHCH2OH.
14. The water soluble compound of claim 11 wherein R1 is (CH2)2CH2OH, R2 is CH2CH2OH, R3 is CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is OCH2CHOHCH2OH.
15. The water soluble compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is hydroxyalkyl; R2, R3 and R4 are alkyl; and R5 is alkoxy.
16. The water soluble compound of claim 15 wherein R1 is CH2CH2CH2OH, R2 and R3 are CH2CH3, R4 is CH3, and R5 is O(CH2CH2O)2CH2CH2OR', where R'is H or CH3.
17. The water soluble compound of claim 16 where R' is CH3.
18. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 wherein M is a divalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2, Co+2, Ni+2, Zn+2, Cd+2 Hg+2, Sm+2 and UO2+2, and n is 1.
19. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 wherein M is a trivalent metal canon selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, Co+3, Ni+3, Fe+3, Ho+3, Ce+3, Y+3, In+3, Pr+3, Nd+3, Sm+3, Eu+3, Gd+3, Tb+3, Dy+3, Er+3, Tm+3, Yb+3, Lu+3, La+3, and U+3; and n is 2.
20. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 wherein M is Gd+3, La+3, In+3, Eu+3, Dy+3 or Lu+3 and n is +2.
21. A method for synthesizing the water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17, the method comprising:
mixing, in an organic solvent, a nonaromatic texaphyrin having at least one hydroxy substituent produced by condensation of a diformyltripyrrole having structure A; and an ortho-phenylenediamine having structure B:
where R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms;
at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl having at least one hydroxy substituent; and the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 or R5 is up to about 1000 daltons;
a metal cation which is a divalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2 , CO+2 , Ni.+2 , Zn+2 , Cd+2 , Hg+2 , Sm+2 , UO2+2 and n is 1 or a trivalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, CO+3 , Ni+3 , Fe+3 , HO+3 , Ce+3 , Y+3 , In+3 , Pr+3 , Nd+3 , Sm+3 , Eu+3 , Gd+3 , Tb+3 , Dy+3 , Er+3 , Tm+3 , Yb+3 , Lu+3 , La+3 , and U+3 , and n is 2;
a Br~nsted base and an oxidant; and stirring at ambient temperature or heating the mixture at reflux for at least two hours to form an aromatic texaphyrin metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent.
mixing, in an organic solvent, a nonaromatic texaphyrin having at least one hydroxy substituent produced by condensation of a diformyltripyrrole having structure A; and an ortho-phenylenediamine having structure B:
where R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl; where the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms;
at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, saccharide, carboxyalkyl or carboxyamidealkyl having at least one hydroxy substituent; and the molecular weight of any one of R1, R2, R3, R4 or R5 is up to about 1000 daltons;
a metal cation which is a divalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Ca+2, Mn+2 , CO+2 , Ni.+2 , Zn+2 , Cd+2 , Hg+2 , Sm+2 , UO2+2 and n is 1 or a trivalent metal cation selected from the group consisting of Mn+3, CO+3 , Ni+3 , Fe+3 , HO+3 , Ce+3 , Y+3 , In+3 , Pr+3 , Nd+3 , Sm+3 , Eu+3 , Gd+3 , Tb+3 , Dy+3 , Er+3 , Tm+3 , Yb+3 , Lu+3 , La+3 , and U+3 , and n is 2;
a Br~nsted base and an oxidant; and stirring at ambient temperature or heating the mixture at reflux for at least two hours to form an aromatic texaphyrin metal complex having at least one hydroxy substituent.
22. The method of claim 21 wherein the diformyltripyrrole is 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxyalkyl-4-alkylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-dialkylpyrrole; 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxyalkyl-4-alkylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-dialkylpyrrole; 2,5-bis[(5-formyl-3-hydroxypropyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl]-3,4-diethylpyrrole; or 2,5-bis((3-ethyl-5-formyl-4-methylpyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3,4-diethylpyrrole, and the ortho-phenylenediamine is 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis(oxyhydroxyalkyl)benzene; 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis(oxyhydroxyalkyl)benzene; 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((3'-hydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene; or 1,2-diamino-4,5-bis((2,3-dihydroxypropyl)oxy)benzene.
23. The method of claim 21 wherein the Br~nsted base is triethylamine.
24. The method of claim 21 wherein the oxidant is oxygen, platinum oxide, 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone or air saturating the organic solvent.
25. The method of claim 21 wherein the stirring or heating at reflux step comprises stirring or heating at reflux the mixture for at least 24 hours.
26. The method of claim 21 wherein the organic solvent comprises methanol and chloroform or methanol and benzene.
27. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 where M is a diamagnetic metal and the compound is for use in deactivating retroviruses and enveloped viruses in an aqueous fluid.
28. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 where M is a diamagnetic metal and the compound is for use in light induced singlet oxygen production.
29. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 where M is a paramagnetic metal and the compound is for use in imaging.
30. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 where the metal cation is a paramagnetic metal ca non, a diamagnetic metal cation or a gamma-emitting metal cation and the compound is for use in the diagnosis or treatment of a host for atheroma or tumor cells.
31. The water soluble compound of any one of claims 1-17 for use in the preparation of a medicament useful in imaging, to diagnose or treat atheroma or tumor cells.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US07/822,964 US5252720A (en) | 1989-03-06 | 1992-01-21 | Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins |
US07/822,964 | 1992-01-21 | ||
PCT/US1993/000107 WO1993014093A1 (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1993-01-07 | Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2127530A1 CA2127530A1 (en) | 1993-07-22 |
CA2127530C true CA2127530C (en) | 2001-05-29 |
Family
ID=25237423
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002127530A Expired - Fee Related CA2127530C (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1993-01-07 | Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins |
Country Status (15)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (9) | US5252720A (en) |
EP (1) | EP0623134B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3530529B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100286963B1 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE227291T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU664877B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2127530C (en) |
DE (1) | DE69332469T2 (en) |
DK (1) | DK0623134T3 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2185627T3 (en) |
FI (1) | FI107157B (en) |
NO (1) | NO301828B1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ246795A (en) |
PT (1) | PT623134E (en) |
WO (1) | WO1993014093A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (96)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5559207A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1996-09-24 | Board Of Regents, University Of Texas | Texaphyrin metal complex mediated ester hydrolysis |
US5252720A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1993-10-12 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins |
US5567687A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1996-10-22 | University Of Texas | Texaphyrins and uses thereof |
US4935498A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1990-06-19 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles |
US5599923A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1997-02-04 | Board Of Regents, University Of Tx | Texaphyrin metal complexes having improved functionalization |
US5162509A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1992-11-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Process for preparing expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles |
US5457183A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1995-10-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Hydroxylated texaphyrins |
US5543514A (en) * | 1989-12-21 | 1996-08-06 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Water-soluble sapphyrins |
US5594136A (en) * | 1989-12-21 | 1997-01-14 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Texaphyrin solid supports and devices |
US5457195A (en) * | 1989-12-21 | 1995-10-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Sapphyrin derivatives and conjugates |
US5565552A (en) * | 1992-01-21 | 1996-10-15 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Method of expanded porphyrin-oligonucleotide conjugate synthesis |
US5888997A (en) * | 1994-04-14 | 1999-03-30 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Radiation sensitization using texaphyrins |
US5607924A (en) * | 1992-01-21 | 1997-03-04 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | DNA photocleavage using texaphyrins |
US5763172A (en) * | 1992-01-21 | 1998-06-09 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Method of phosphate ester hydrolysis |
US5595726A (en) * | 1992-01-21 | 1997-01-21 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Chromophore probe for detection of nucleic acid |
US5798491A (en) * | 1993-06-09 | 1998-08-25 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Multi-mechanistic chemical cleavage using certain metal complexes |
KR100361933B1 (en) * | 1993-09-08 | 2003-02-14 | 라 졸라 파마슈티칼 컴파니 | Chemically defined nonpolymeric bonds form the platform molecule and its conjugate |
EP0841965B1 (en) * | 1994-03-21 | 2002-04-10 | Dusa Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Patch and controller for the photodynamic therapy of a dermal lesion |
US6551618B2 (en) | 1994-03-15 | 2003-04-22 | University Of Birmingham | Compositions and methods for delivery of agents for neuronal regeneration and survival |
US5969111A (en) * | 1994-04-14 | 1999-10-19 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Texaphyrins substituted with imidazole are provided |
AU733805C (en) * | 1994-06-13 | 2001-12-13 | Unilever Plc | Bleach activation |
ES2135068T3 (en) * | 1994-06-13 | 1999-10-16 | Unilever Nv | WHITENING ACTIVATION. |
US5530122A (en) * | 1994-08-23 | 1996-06-25 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Method of isolating texaphyrins |
US5837866A (en) * | 1994-09-21 | 1998-11-17 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas | Phosphoramidite derivatives of macrocycles |
US5633354A (en) * | 1994-09-21 | 1997-05-27 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Phosphoramidite derivatives of texaphyrins |
US6095147A (en) * | 1994-12-01 | 2000-08-01 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method for photo-altering a biological system to improve biological effect |
US5703230A (en) * | 1994-12-02 | 1997-12-30 | University Of British Columbia | Meso-monoiodo-substituted tetramacrocyclic compounds and methods for making and using the same |
US6329139B1 (en) | 1995-04-25 | 2001-12-11 | Discovery Partners International | Automated sorting system for matrices with memory |
US5756726A (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 1998-05-26 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Methods of producing singlet oxygen using compounds having improved functionalization |
US5714328A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-02-03 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | RNA photocleavage using texaphyrins |
EP0844889A1 (en) * | 1995-08-17 | 1998-06-03 | Monsanto Company | Methods of diagnostic image analysis using metal complexes of nitrogen-containing macrocyclic ligands |
CA2229781A1 (en) | 1995-08-17 | 1997-02-27 | Monsanto Company | Methods of diagnostic image analysis using bioconjugates of metal complexes of nitrogen-containing macrocyclic ligands |
CA2231114A1 (en) | 1995-09-06 | 1997-03-13 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Two-photon upconverting dyes and applications |
US5776925A (en) * | 1996-01-25 | 1998-07-07 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Methods for cancer chemosensitization |
US5883246A (en) * | 1996-03-07 | 1999-03-16 | Qlt Phototherapeutics, Inc. | Synthesis of polypyrrolic macrocycles from meso-substituted tripyrrane compounds |
US5955586A (en) * | 1996-03-22 | 1999-09-21 | Sessler; Jonathan L. | Highly boronated derivatives of texaphyrins |
AU717193B2 (en) * | 1996-03-26 | 2000-03-23 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Use of a texaphyrin in photodynamic therapy of pigment-related lesions |
US6375930B2 (en) | 1996-06-04 | 2002-04-23 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Membrane incorporation of texaphyrins |
US6022959A (en) * | 1996-08-20 | 2000-02-08 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Nucleic acids internally-derivatized with a texaphyrin metal complex and uses thereof |
US6270749B1 (en) | 1996-12-11 | 2001-08-07 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Use of Texaphyrin in ocular diagnosis and therapy |
EP1091742A4 (en) | 1997-02-14 | 2007-05-30 | Miravant Pharm Inc | Indium photosensitizers for pdt |
US6214817B1 (en) | 1997-06-20 | 2001-04-10 | Monsanto Company | Substituted pyridino pentaazamacrocyle complexes having superoxide dismutase activity |
US6022526A (en) * | 1997-07-30 | 2000-02-08 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Use of texaphyrins in detection of melanin and melanin metabolites diagnostic of melanotic melanoma |
US5886173A (en) * | 1997-07-30 | 1999-03-23 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Metallation of macrocycles with 2,4-dicarbonyl-metal complexes |
US20020155999A1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2002-10-24 | Han In Suk | Method of using a porphyrin-like molecule conjugated with an anti-cancer drug for the treatment of cancer |
DE19831217A1 (en) * | 1998-07-03 | 2000-01-05 | Schering Ag | New porphyrin derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use in photodynamic therapy and MRI diagnostics |
US7157418B1 (en) | 1998-07-22 | 2007-01-02 | Osprey Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. | Methods and compositions for treating secondary tissue damage and other inflammatory conditions and disorders |
US20030215421A1 (en) * | 1999-07-21 | 2003-11-20 | Mcdonald John R. | Methods and compositions for treating secondary tissue damage and other inflammatory conditions and disorders |
JP2003500174A (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2003-01-07 | フアルマシア・コーポレーシヨン | Biomaterials modified with superoxide dismutase mimics |
WO2000075105A1 (en) * | 1999-06-08 | 2000-12-14 | La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company | Valency platform molecules comprising aminooxy groups |
EP1267935A2 (en) * | 2000-01-12 | 2003-01-02 | Light Sciences Corporation | Novel treatment for eye disease |
WO2001055151A1 (en) * | 2000-01-26 | 2001-08-02 | Japan Science And Technology Corporation | Polymeric micellar structure |
AU2001268228A1 (en) * | 2000-06-08 | 2001-12-17 | La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company | Multivalent platform molecules comprising high molecular weight polyethylene oxide |
WO2002017925A1 (en) * | 2000-08-30 | 2002-03-07 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Non-symmetric tripyrrannes in the synthesis of novel macrocycles |
US7449454B2 (en) * | 2000-08-30 | 2008-11-11 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Metallotexaphyrin derivatives |
US6638924B2 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2003-10-28 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Metallotexaphyrin derivatives |
US20030082101A1 (en) * | 2001-06-11 | 2003-05-01 | Cavalier Discovery | Accelerators for increasing the rate of formation of free radicals and reactive oxygen species |
US7928278B2 (en) * | 2001-06-12 | 2011-04-19 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Method and apparatus for producing near-infrared radiation |
MXPA04005715A (en) * | 2001-12-13 | 2004-10-15 | Pharmacyclics Inc | Process for affecting neurologic progression. |
US6984734B2 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2006-01-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Cyclo[n]pyrroles and methods thereto |
US6723750B2 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2004-04-20 | Allergan, Inc. | Photodynamic therapy for pre-melanomas |
WO2004050716A2 (en) * | 2002-12-04 | 2004-06-17 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Preparation of metallotexaphyrins |
US20040116403A1 (en) * | 2002-12-06 | 2004-06-17 | Klimko Peter G. | Superoxide dismutase mimics for the treatment of ocular disorders and diseases |
US7220778B2 (en) * | 2003-04-15 | 2007-05-22 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods and devices for epithelial protection during photodynamic therapy |
US7659301B2 (en) * | 2003-04-15 | 2010-02-09 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods and devices for epithelial protection during photodynamic therapy |
US20050118102A1 (en) * | 2003-04-28 | 2005-06-02 | Intematix Corporation | Spin resonance heating and/or imaging in medical applications |
US20050196466A1 (en) * | 2004-03-02 | 2005-09-08 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Process for inhibiting cell proliferation |
WO2005112759A1 (en) * | 2004-05-20 | 2005-12-01 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | A method of enhancing visualization of atherosclerotic plaque |
WO2006080022A2 (en) * | 2005-01-31 | 2006-08-03 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. | Mri contrast agents for diagnosis and prognosis of tumors |
US20060171845A1 (en) * | 2005-01-31 | 2006-08-03 | Dakota Technologies, Inc. | Sensors for measuring analytes |
JP2006224318A (en) * | 2005-02-15 | 2006-08-31 | Brother Ind Ltd | Inkjet recording apparatus |
WO2006116021A2 (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2006-11-02 | Intematix Corporation | Mri technique based on electron spin resonance and endohedral contrast agent |
US20070072838A1 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2007-03-29 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | High-purity texaphyrin metal complexes |
US20070078119A1 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2007-04-05 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Storage system for texaphyrin pharmaceutical formulations |
WO2007059329A2 (en) * | 2005-11-16 | 2007-05-24 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating cancer |
US7528125B2 (en) * | 2006-03-20 | 2009-05-05 | Jonathan L. Sessler | Water-soluble zinc ionophores, zinc chelators, and/or zinc complexes and use for treating cancer |
WO2008020113A1 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2008-02-21 | Abacus Diagnostica Oy | Luminescent lanthanide labelling reagents and their use |
US8133474B2 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2012-03-13 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Sensors for fluorescence and magnetic resonance imaging |
EP2644228A1 (en) * | 2007-06-27 | 2013-10-02 | The General Hospital Corporation | Method and apparatus for optical inhibition of photodynamic therapy |
WO2009006075A2 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-08 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Functionalized expanded porphyrins |
CZ300197B6 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-11 | Vysoká škola chemicko-technologická v Praze | Use of multimodal systems for preparing pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of tumor diseases |
EP2222689B1 (en) * | 2007-12-07 | 2017-03-29 | Prana Biotechnology Ltd | Compounds for therapy and diagnosis |
US8835104B2 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2014-09-16 | Fenwal, Inc. | Medium and methods for the storage of platelets |
US8802074B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2014-08-12 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Polymers functionalized with ion-specific recognition elements |
US9599591B2 (en) | 2009-03-06 | 2017-03-21 | California Institute Of Technology | Low cost, portable sensor for molecular assays |
US20110272273A1 (en) * | 2010-05-07 | 2011-11-10 | Molycorp Minerals, Llc | Lanthanide-mediated photochemical water splitting process for hydrogen and oxygen generation |
AU2012240016B2 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2016-11-10 | Fenwal, Inc. | Automated methods and systems for providing platelet concentrates with reduced residual plasma volumes and storage media for such platelet concentrates |
EP3296320A1 (en) | 2012-03-08 | 2018-03-21 | Halozyme, Inc. | Conditionally active anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibodies and methods of use thereof |
GB201306984D0 (en) | 2013-04-17 | 2013-05-29 | Mexichem Amanco Holding Sa | Composition |
MX2016003256A (en) | 2013-09-12 | 2016-06-07 | Halozyme Inc | Modified anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibodies and methods of use thereof. |
CN106572991A (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2017-04-19 | 德克萨斯州大学系统董事会 | Texaphyrin-PT(IV) conjugates and compositions for use in overcoming platinum resistance |
WO2017161206A1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2017-09-21 | Halozyme, Inc. | Conjugates containing conditionally active antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof, and methods of use |
US10335608B2 (en) | 2016-04-20 | 2019-07-02 | Theralase Technologies, Inc. | Photodynamic compounds and methods for activating them using ionizing radiation and/or other electromagnetic radiation for therapy and/or diagnostics |
EP3724225A1 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-10-21 | Juno Therapeutics, Inc. | Anti-cct5 binding molecules and methods of use thereof |
CN108586469B (en) * | 2018-03-19 | 2021-05-07 | 西北师范大学 | Method for inhibiting photo-corrosion of cadmium sulfide |
AU2021326545A1 (en) | 2020-08-14 | 2023-03-09 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Texaphyrin derivatives for manganese chemotherapy, photoacoustic imaging, and photothermal therapy |
Family Cites Families (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE2308252A1 (en) * | 1973-02-20 | 1974-08-22 | Basf Ag | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING MESOTETRAARYL PORPHINES |
US4647447A (en) * | 1981-07-24 | 1987-03-03 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Diagnostic media |
US4957939A (en) * | 1981-07-24 | 1990-09-18 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Sterile pharmaceutical compositions of gadolinium chelates useful enhancing NMR imaging |
US4613322A (en) * | 1982-12-08 | 1986-09-23 | Edelson Richard Leslie | Method and system for externally treating the blood |
JPS61275228A (en) * | 1985-03-14 | 1986-12-05 | バクスタ−、トラベノ−ル、ラボラトリ−ズ、インコ−ポレイテツド | Photodynamic inactivity of virus in therapeutical protein composition |
US4977177A (en) * | 1985-04-30 | 1990-12-11 | Nippon Petrochemicals Company, Ltd. | Tetrapyrrole polyaminomonocarboxylic acid therapeutic agents |
US4880008A (en) * | 1985-05-08 | 1989-11-14 | The General Hospital Corporation | Vivo enhancement of NMR relaxivity |
US4899755A (en) * | 1985-05-08 | 1990-02-13 | The General Hospital Corporation | Hepatobiliary NMR contrast agents |
US4772681A (en) * | 1986-01-17 | 1988-09-20 | Hamari Chemicals, Ltd. | Porphyrin derivatives |
US4915683A (en) * | 1986-11-21 | 1990-04-10 | The Medical College Of Wisconsin, Inc. | Antiviral method, agents and apparatus |
US4883790A (en) * | 1987-01-20 | 1989-11-28 | University Of British Columbia | Wavelength-specific cytotoxic agents |
US4878891A (en) * | 1987-06-25 | 1989-11-07 | Baylor Research Foundation | Method for eradicating infectious biological contaminants in body tissues |
US5250668A (en) * | 1988-01-11 | 1993-10-05 | Morgan Alan R | Production and use of porphyrin derivatives and of compositions containing such derivatives |
US5272142A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1993-12-21 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles and methods for treating tumors |
US5457183A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1995-10-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Hydroxylated texaphyrins |
US5559207A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1996-09-24 | Board Of Regents, University Of Texas | Texaphyrin metal complex mediated ester hydrolysis |
US5252720A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1993-10-12 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins |
US5041078A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1991-08-20 | Baylor Research Foundation, A Nonprofit Corporation Of The State Of Texas | Photodynamic viral deactivation with sapphyrins |
US4935498A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1990-06-19 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles |
US5599923A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1997-02-04 | Board Of Regents, University Of Tx | Texaphyrin metal complexes having improved functionalization |
US5162509A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1992-11-10 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Process for preparing expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles |
US5256399A (en) * | 1989-03-06 | 1993-10-26 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrins in magnetic resonance imaging |
US4959363A (en) * | 1989-06-23 | 1990-09-25 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Quinolonecarboxamide compounds, their preparation and use as antivirals. |
US5607924A (en) * | 1992-01-21 | 1997-03-04 | Pharmacyclics, Inc. | DNA photocleavage using texaphyrins |
US5257970A (en) * | 1992-04-09 | 1993-11-02 | Health Research, Inc. | In situ photodynamic therapy |
-
1992
- 1992-01-21 US US07/822,964 patent/US5252720A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1993
- 1993-01-07 KR KR1019940702497A patent/KR100286963B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-01-07 NZ NZ246795A patent/NZ246795A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-01-07 JP JP51256293A patent/JP3530529B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-01-07 WO PCT/US1993/000107 patent/WO1993014093A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1993-01-07 DK DK93902982T patent/DK0623134T3/en active
- 1993-01-07 AT AT93902982T patent/ATE227291T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1993-01-07 PT PT93902982T patent/PT623134E/en unknown
- 1993-01-07 DE DE69332469T patent/DE69332469T2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-01-07 EP EP93902982A patent/EP0623134B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-01-07 ES ES93902982T patent/ES2185627T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-01-07 CA CA002127530A patent/CA2127530C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1993-01-07 AU AU34367/93A patent/AU664877B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-07-28 US US08/100,093 patent/US5432171A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-07-28 US US08/098,514 patent/US5569759A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-08-25 US US08/112,786 patent/US5475104A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-08-25 US US08/112,872 patent/US5451576A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1993-08-25 US US08/112,871 patent/US5439570A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1994
- 1994-07-20 NO NO942719A patent/NO301828B1/en unknown
- 1994-07-20 FI FI943445A patent/FI107157B/en active
- 1994-07-26 US US08/280,351 patent/US5504205A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1996
- 1996-07-10 US US08/679,162 patent/US5733903A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1998
- 1998-02-26 US US09/031,239 patent/US5994535A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
FI943445A (en) | 1994-07-20 |
ES2185627T3 (en) | 2003-05-01 |
JP3530529B2 (en) | 2004-05-24 |
US5504205A (en) | 1996-04-02 |
NZ246795A (en) | 1996-02-27 |
DE69332469T2 (en) | 2003-07-10 |
US5439570A (en) | 1995-08-08 |
AU664877B2 (en) | 1995-12-07 |
FI943445A0 (en) | 1994-07-20 |
US5432171A (en) | 1995-07-11 |
WO1993014093A1 (en) | 1993-07-22 |
US5569759A (en) | 1996-10-29 |
KR100286963B1 (en) | 2001-04-16 |
US5451576A (en) | 1995-09-19 |
US5994535A (en) | 1999-11-30 |
US5252720A (en) | 1993-10-12 |
US5475104A (en) | 1995-12-12 |
EP0623134B1 (en) | 2002-11-06 |
PT623134E (en) | 2003-03-31 |
EP0623134A1 (en) | 1994-11-09 |
US5733903A (en) | 1998-03-31 |
JPH07503009A (en) | 1995-03-30 |
AU3436793A (en) | 1993-08-03 |
CA2127530A1 (en) | 1993-07-22 |
ATE227291T1 (en) | 2002-11-15 |
DE69332469D1 (en) | 2002-12-12 |
NO942719L (en) | 1994-09-19 |
NO942719D0 (en) | 1994-07-20 |
FI107157B (en) | 2001-06-15 |
NO301828B1 (en) | 1997-12-15 |
DK0623134T3 (en) | 2003-03-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2127530C (en) | Metal complexes of water soluble texaphyrins | |
US4935498A (en) | Expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles | |
US5587463A (en) | Texaphyrin macrocycles and metal complexes thereof | |
US5272142A (en) | Expanded porphyrins: large porphyrin-like tripyrroledimethine-derived macrocycles and methods for treating tumors | |
US5256399A (en) | Aromatic pentadentate expanded porphyrins in magnetic resonance imaging | |
EP0745085B1 (en) | Texaphyrin metal complexes having improved functionalization | |
US5457183A (en) | Hydroxylated texaphyrins | |
US5756726A (en) | Methods of producing singlet oxygen using compounds having improved functionalization | |
Sessler et al. | Reduced sp 3 texaphyrins | |
Sessler et al. | Reduced sp. sup. 3 texaphyrins |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |